Repair and Diagnosis (Single Page)

You are viewing the full "tree" of links on one page. This can load slowly, but is easier to search. The same page can appear multiple times under a different folder, that is why the page is so large.
View "split tree" where inner folders are split out. where inner links are on separate pages.

Expand All (for easy ctrl-f) Collapse All

• Quick Lookups
  • Common Specs & Procedures
    • Specifications Index
  • DTC Index
    • Ordered DTC Index
  • Electrical Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
    • Wiring Systems & Power Management - Component Locator And Power, Ground And Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Switch, C1
        • Ignition Switch, C2
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block - Underhood - Label (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood - Label (LS4)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood - Top View (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood - Top View (LS4)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood - Bottom View (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood - Bottom View (LS4)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1 (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1 (LS4)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C2 (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C2 (LS4)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C3 (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C3 (LS4)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C4 (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C4 (LS4)
        • Fuse Block - I/P - Label
        • Fuse Block - I/P Top View
        • Fuse Block - I/P Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - I/P C1
        • Fuse Block - I/P C2
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack SP 205
  • Fluids
  • Technical Bulletins
    • Campaigns
    • Safety Recalls
    • Technical Service Bulletins
  • Tire Fitment
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Window Systems Connector End Views
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View, C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View, C2
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver C1
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver C2
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR
      • Vehicle Access Connector End Views
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Connector End View
        • Door Lock Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Door Lock Connector End View - LR
        • Door Lock Connector End View - RR
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
      • Mirror Connector End Views
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View
      • Cooling System Connector End Views
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right
      • Secondary/Configurable Control Connector End Views
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Left
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Right
      • Hydraulic Brake Connector End Views
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
      • Horn Connector End Views
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
      • Steering Assist Connector End Views
        • Magnasteer Actuator Connector End View
      • Wiper/Washer Connector End Views
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
      • Entertainment/Communication Connector End Views
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1 (U87)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2 (U87)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C3 (U87)
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View C1 (U2K)
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
        • Radio Connector End View - C1
        • Radio Connector End View - C2
        • Radio Connector End View - C3 (US4)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Center
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR (UW6)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR (U87)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR (UW6)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR (U87)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C1
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C2
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C3 (US4)
      • Sunroof Connector End Views
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
      • SIR Connector End Views
        • Front End Sensor Connector End Views
        • PPS Module Connector End Views
        • I/P Module Connector End View
        • Passenger Air Bag ON/OFF Indicator Connector End View
        • SDM Connector End View
        • Side Impact Sensor Connector End Views
        • Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End Views
        • Roof Rail Module Connector End Views
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End Views
      • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
        • Theft LED Connector End View
      • Seat Belt Connector End Views
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Right
      • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
        • Battery Current Sensor Connector End View
        • Generator Connector End View (L26/L32)
        • Generator Connector End View (LS4)
        • Hood Ajar Switch Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Internal Mode Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View
        • Engine Side to Transmission Side Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
        • TAP Shift Switch Connector End View - Right
        • TAP Shift Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View, Engine Side - 5.3L
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Engine Control Module Connector End Views
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C1
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C2
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C3
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Brake Booster Vacuum Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 7 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 8 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 6 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 7 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 8 Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View
        • Value Lifter Oil Manifold (VLOM) Assembly Connector End View
        • Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Connector End View (L32)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Sensor 1 Connector End View (NU6)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Sensor 1 Connector End View (w/o NU6)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Bank 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Bank 2 Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Control Solenoid Valve/Pressure Sensor Bank 2 Connector End View (NU6)
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Connector End View (NU6)
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay Connector End View (NU6)
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Valve Relay Connector End View (NU6)
        • Supercharger Boost Control Solenoid Connector End View (L32)
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C100 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness Connector End View (L26/L32)
        • C100 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness Connector End View (LS4)
        • C101 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (L26/L32 w/oJL4)
        • C101 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (L26/L32 w/JL4, LS4)
        • C102 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (LS4)
        • C104 I/P Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View
        • C105 Battery Cable Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C107 Engine Harness to Front Ignition Coil Harness Connector End View (LS4)
        • C108 Engine Harness to Rear Ignition Coil Harness Connector End View (LS4)
        • C110 Engine Harness to Ignition Control Module (ICM) Wiring Harness Connector End View
        • C111 Crankshaft Sensor Jumper Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View (LS4)
        • C120 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (L26/L32)
        • C120 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (LS4)
        • C125 Engine Harness to Knock Sensor Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C126 Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Jumper Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View
        • C141 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Front Headlamp Harness Connector End View
        • C142 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Front Headlamp Harness Connector End View
        • C143 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Front Turn Signal Harness Connector End View
        • C144 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Front Turn Signal Harness Connector End View
        • C200 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C201 Steering Column Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C208 (JL4) I/P Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C210 (C67) HVAC Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C210 (CJ2) HVAC Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C240 I/P Harness to Front Floor Console Harness Connector End View
        • C241 I/P Harness to Shifter Harness Connector End View
        • C250 I/P to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C301 Body Harness to Left Front Door Harness Connector End View
        • C302 I/P Harness to Right Front Door Harness Connector End View
        • C303 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View
        • C304 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View
        • C311 Body Harness to Left Front Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C313 Body Harness to Right Front Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C315 Right Front Seat Safety Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C316 Left Front Seat Safety Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C355 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C356 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C390 Roof Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C398 (CF5) Roof Harness to Sunroof Harness Connector End View
        • C400 Rear Deck Lid Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C401 Body Harness to Left Rear Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C402 Body Harness to Right Rear Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C403 Rear Applique Harness to Rear Deck Lid Harness Connector End View
        • C404 CHMSL Jumper Harness to Rear Deck Lid Harness Connector End View
        • C405 (1A-1D) Fuel Tank Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
      • Data Communication Connector End Views
        • BCM Connector End View C1
        • BCM Connector End View C2
        • BCM Connector End View C3
        • DLC Connector End View (L26/L32)
        • DLC Connector End View (LS4)
        • Splice Pack SP 205 Connector End View
      • Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View
      • HVAC Connector End Views
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View (L26/L32)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View (LS4)
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View (LS4)
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View (L26/L32)
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Inside
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Right
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View, C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View, C2
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View
      • Power Seat Connector End Views
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Lumbar Switch Connector End View - Driver (AL9)
        • Seat Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Driver (AL9)
      • Power Outlet Connector End Views
        • Accessory Power Outlet Connector End View - Front
        • Accessory Power Outlet Connector End View - Rear
      • Heated/Cooled Seat Connector End Views
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Back
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Cushion
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Front Passenger Back
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Front Passenger Cushion
        • Heated Seat Relay Connector End View - Driver
        • Heated Seat Relay Connector End View - Front Passenger
      • Displays and Gages Connector End Views
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Connector End View
        • Electronic Compass Module Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View (L26/L32)
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View (LS4)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Connector End View (UV6)
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Switch Connector End View (UV6)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
      • Immobilizer Connector End Views
        • Theft Deterrent Exciter Module Connector End View
      • Powertrain Control Module Connector End Views
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C1 (NU6)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C1 (w/o NU6)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C2 (NU6)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C2 (w/o NU6)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C3 (NU6)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C3 (w/o NU6)
      • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Front (TR9, CF5)
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - LF (L26/L32)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - LF (LS4)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - RF (L26/L32)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - RF (LS4)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Right
        • Headlamp Low Beam Connector End View - Left
        • Headlamp Low Beam Connector End View - Right
        • Interior Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • I/P Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • I/P Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Multifunction Turn Signal Lever Connector End View - C1
        • Multifunction Turn Signal Lever Connector End View - C2
        • Multifunction Turn Signal Lever Connector End View - C3
        • Multifunction Turn Signal Lever Connector End View - C4
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF (L26/L32)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF (LS4)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF (L26/L32)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF (LS4)
        • PRNDL Lamp Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Left (CF5)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Left (TR9)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Right (CF5)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Right (TR9)
      • Electrical Center Identification Connector End Views
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C1 (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C1 (LS4)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C2 (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C2 (LS4)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C3 (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C3 (LS4)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C4 (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C4 (LS4)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - I/P C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - I/P C2
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack SP 205 Connector End View
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View, C1
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View, C2
      • Remote Function Connector End Views
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View
      • Antilock Brake System Connector End Views
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Connector End View (L26/L32 w/JL4)
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Connector End View (LS4 w/JL4)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Connector End View C1 (EBCM)
        • Steering Angle Sensor Connector End View (JL4)
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
        • Yaw and Lateral Acceleration Sensor Connector End View (JL4)
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
        • 3.8L VIN 2
        • 3.8L VIN 4
        • 5.3L VIN C
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
        • 3.8L VIN 2
        • 3.8L VIN 4
        • 5.3L VIN C
      • Cruise Control
        • 3.8L VIN 2
        • 3.8L VIN 4
        • 5.3L VIN C
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Power Steering
      • Engine Performance
        • 3.8L VIN 2
        • 3.8L VIN 4
        • 5.3L VIN C
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
        • 3.8L VIN 2
        • 3.8L VIN 4
        • 5.3L VIN C
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Navigation
      • Power Distribution
        • 3.8L VIN 2
        • 3.8L VIN 4
        • 5.3L VIN C
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
        • 3.8L VIN 2
        • 3.8L VIN 4
        • 5.3L VIN C
      • Starting/Charging
        • 3.8L VIN 2
        • 3.8L VIN 4
        • 5.3L VIN C
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 3.8L VIN 2
        • 3.8L VIN 4
        • 5.3L VIN C
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
        • 3.8L VIN 2
        • 3.8L VIN 4
        • 5.3L VIN C
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems & Power Management - Component Locator And Power, Ground And Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Switch, C1
        • Ignition Switch, C2
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block - Underhood - Label (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood - Label (LS4)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood - Top View (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood - Top View (LS4)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood - Bottom View (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood - Bottom View (LS4)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1 (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1 (LS4)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C2 (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C2 (LS4)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C3 (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C3 (LS4)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C4 (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C4 (LS4)
        • Fuse Block - I/P - Label
        • Fuse Block - I/P Top View
        • Fuse Block - I/P Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - I/P C1
        • Fuse Block - I/P C2
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack SP 205
    • Wiring Systems & Power Management - Diagnostic Starting Point And In-Line Harness Connector End Views
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C100 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness (L26/L32)
        • C100 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness (LS4)
        • C101 Engine Harness to I/P Harness (L26/L32 w/oJL4)
        • C101 Engine Harness to I/P Harness (L26/L32 w/JL4, LS4)
        • C102 Engine Harness to I/P Harness (LS4)
        • C104 I/P Harness to Engine Harness
        • C105 Battery Cable Harness to I/P Harness
        • C107 Engine Harness to Front Ignition Coil Harness (LS4)
        • C108 Engine Harness to Rear Ignition Coil Harness (LS4)
        • C110 Engine Harness to Ignition Control Module (ICM) Wiring Harness
        • C111 Crankshaft Sensor Jumper Harness to Engine Harness (LS4)
        • C120 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness (L26/L32)
        • C120 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness (LS4)
        • C125 Engine Harness to Knock Sensor Jumper Harness
        • C126 Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Jumper Harness to Engine Harness
        • C141 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Front Headlamp Harness
        • C142 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Front Headlamp Harness
        • C143 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Front Turn Signal Harness
        • C144 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Front Turn Signal Harness
        • C200 Body Harness to I/P Harness
        • C201 Steering Column Harness to I/P Harness
        • C208 (JL4) I/P Harness to Body Harness
        • C210 (C67) HVAC Harness to I/P Harness
        • C210 (CJ2) HVAC Harness to I/P Harness
        • C240 I/P Harness to Front Floor Console Harness
        • C241 I/P Harness to Shifter Harness
        • C250 I/P to Body Harness
        • C301 Body Harness to Left Front Door Harness
        • C302 I/P Harness to Right Front Door Harness
        • C303 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Harness
        • C304 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Harness
        • C311 Body Harness to Left Front Seat Harness
        • C313 Body Harness to Right Front Seat Harness
        • C315 Right Front Seat Safety Harness to Body Harness
        • C316 Left Front Seat Safety Harness to Body Harness
        • C355 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness
        • C356 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness
        • C390 Roof Harness to Body Harness
        • C398 (CF5) Roof Harness to Sunroof Harness
        • C400 Rear Deck Lid Harness to Body Harness
        • C401 Body Harness to Left Rear Lamp Harness
        • C402 Body Harness to Right Rear Lamp Harness
        • C403 Rear Applique Harness to Rear Deck Lid Harness
        • C404 CHMSL Jumper Harness to Rear Deck Lid Harness
        • C405 (1A-1D) Fuel Tank Harness to Body Harness
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wiring Systems and Power Management
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
• Accessories & Equipment
  • Anti-Theft Systems
    • Door Lock Systems & Door Handles
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Release Systems Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Vehicle Access Component Views
        • Vehicle Access Connector End Views
          • Rear Compartment Lid Latch
          • Door Lock - Driver
          • Door Lock - Front Passenger
          • Door Lock - LR
          • Door Lock - RR
          • Door Lock Switch - Driver
          • Door Lock Switch - Front Passenger
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vehicle Access
        • Symptoms - Vehicle Access
          • Power Door Locks
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Door Lock Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors and Switches
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Trunk Release Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Side Door Lock Actuator Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Lock Actuator Replacement
        • Handle Lock Rod Guide Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frozen Lock Cylinder Repair
        • Front Side Door Inside Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Inside Handle Rod Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Outside Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Inside Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Outsider Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Lock Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Door Lock Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Anchor Plate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Locking Rod Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Lock Striker Adjustment
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Striker Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Luggage Compartment Description and Operation
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Locks System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock Operation
          • Driver Door Unlock Operation
          • Passenger Door Unlock Operation
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Key Cylinder Unlock
          • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
          • Air Bag Deployment Unlock
    • Immobilizer System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Immobilizer Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Immobilizer Component Views
        • Immobilizer Connector End Views
          • Theft Deterrent Exciter Module
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Immobilizer
        • DTC B2945
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2960
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3055
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1626
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1629
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1630
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • LED Indicator Replacement - Vehicle Security System
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Programming Immobilizer System Components
          • Notes
          • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Relearn Procedure
        • Adding Keys (Domestic)
        • Replacing Keys
      • Description and Operation
        • Immobilizer Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Theft Deterrent Exciter Module
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • The Ignition Key (Transponder)
            • Notes
            • Master Keys
            • Valet Keys
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • Security Message Operation
            • Theft System Not Programmed
            • Service Theft System
            • Starting Disabled Due To Theft System
    • Keyless Entry System And Remote Functions
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Remote Function Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Remote Function Component Views
        • Remote Function Connector End Views
          • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Remote Functions
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Remote Functions
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Panic Mode Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Remote Vehicle Start Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
      • Repair Instructions
        • Keyless Entry Antenna Replacement
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Programming
      • Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Driver Door Only
          • Unlock All Doors - Second Operation
          • Lock All Doors
          • Panic Alarm Function
          • Remote Vehicle Start
          • Customer Programming Method for Enabling/Disabling the RVS Feature
          • Remote Vehicle Start Features That Allow A Remote Vehicle START/CONTINUE
          • Conditions to Stop A Remote Vehicle Start
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Component Views
        • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
          • Theft LED
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Does Not Disarm with Key Lock
          • Test Description
        • Horn Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Lights Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Security Indicator LED Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Arming the CTD System
          • Locking the Vehicle Without Arming the CTD System
          • Disarming an Armed System/Silencing an Alarm
          • CTD Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • Keyless Entry Module (Remote Control Door Lock Receiver)
            • Door Ajar Switches
            • Body Control Module (BCM)
            • Front Door Lock Cylinder Switch
            • Power Door Lock Switches
            • Hood Ajar Switch
            • Rear Compartment Lid Ajar Switch
            • Inputs
            • Outputs
  • Communication Devices
    • Data Communication System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Data Communication Schematic Icons
        • Data Communication Schematics
        • Body Control System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Data Communication Component Views
        • Data Communication Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Data Communications
        • DTC B1000
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1001
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1004
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1007
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1009
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1013
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1014
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1390
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0550
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U0001
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U0073
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U0100 - U0299
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U1000 and U1255
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1001-U1254
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1300, U1301, or U1305
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U2100
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U2105-U2199
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Data Communications
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Scan Tool Does Not Power Up
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Class 2 Device
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with High Speed GMLAN Device
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Data Link References
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Body Control System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Power Mode Master
          • Body Control Module
        • Data Link Communications Description and Operation
          • Circuit Description
          • GMLAN Circuit Description
          • Class 2 Circuit Description
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • GMLAN Serial Data Line
          • Class 2 Serial Data Link
    • Programming And Setup - All Systems
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Control Module References
      • Repair Instructions
        • Service Programming System (SPS)
        • Audio Amplifier Programming and Setup
        • Body Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • BCM Setup
          • Remote Start Programming
          • BPP Sensor Calibration
          • Passkey 3 Programming Procedures
        • Communication Interface Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Communication Interface Module Replacement
        • Digital Radio Receiver Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Radio Replacement
        • Driver Information Center Programming and Setup
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Electronic Compass Module Programming and Setup
        • Engine Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • ECM Replacement
          • ECM Reprogramming
          • Setup for Component Replacement
        • HVAC Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Module Replacement
          • HVAC Control Module Reprogramming
          • Actuator Replacement
        • Head Up Display Programming and Setup
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module Programming and Setup
        • Instrument Cluster Programming and Setup
        • Passenger Presence System Programming and Setup
        • Powertrain Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • PCM Replacement
          • PCM Reprogramming
          • Setup for Component Replacement
        • Radio Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Radio Replacement
        • Sunroof Control Module Programming and Setup (One Connector System)
          • Sunroof Motor/Actuator
          • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Replacement
          • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Reprogramming
          • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Re-Initialization: May Be Due To Related Component Service
        • Sunroof Control Module Programming and Setup (2 Connector System)
          • Notes
          • Sunroof Control Module Replacement
          • Sunroof Control Module Reprogramming
          • Sunroof Control Module Re-Initialization: May Be Due To Related Component Service
        • Transmission Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Programming and Setup
  • Cruise Control Systems
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Cruise Control Schematic Icons
      • Cruise Control Schematics
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cruise Control
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Cruise Control)
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Disengage History)
      • DTC P0564
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0567
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0568
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0608
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0703
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P1574
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2162
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Symptoms - Cruise Control
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Cruise Control Inoperative/Malfunctioning
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Enabling Cruise Control
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
    • Description and Operation
      • Cruise Control Description and Operation (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Cruise Control Engaged
        • Cruise Control Disengaged
        • Cruise Control Inhibited
      • Cruise Control Description and Operation (5.3L)
        • Notes
        • Cruise Control Engaged
        • Cruise Control Disengaged
        • Cruise Control Inhibited
  • Entertainment Systems
    • Cellular System, Entertainment System, And Navigation System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment/Communication Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Navigation System Schematics
        • OnStar Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment/Communication Component Views
        • Entertainment/Communication Connector End Views
          • Audio Amplifier C1 (U87)
          • Audio Amplifier C2 (U87)
          • Audio Amplifier C3 (U87)
          • Digital Radio Receiver C1 (U2K)
          • Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Radio - C1
          • Radio - C2
          • Radio, C3 (US4)
          • Speaker - Center
          • Speaker - LF Door
          • Speaker - LF Door Tweeter
          • Speaker - RF Door
          • Speaker - RF Door Tweeter
          • Speaker - LR (UW6)
          • Speaker - LR (U87)
          • Speaker - RR (UW6)
          • Speaker - RR (U87)
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) - C1
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) - C2
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) - C3 (US4)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0001
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1025, B1035, B1045, or B1055
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1259
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1780
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B2455
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2462
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2470
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2476
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2482
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2483 or B2484
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC U1500
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Audio Distortion - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • Speakers - Distortion
        • Audio Too Loud at Low Settings
        • Digital Radio Poor or No Reception
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Digital Radio Receiver Setup
          • Receiver Setup
          • XM Activation
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • No Global Positioning System (GPS) Reception
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • OnStar Reconfiguration
        • OnStar Steering Wheel Control Functions Inoperative
        • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Radio Setup
        • Reduced Volume - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • Speaker(s) - Reduced Volume
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
        • Speakers Inoperative - All
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • All Speakers Inoperative
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • One Speaker Inoperative
        • Tape Player Weak, Slow, or Garbled Output
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Mobile Telephone Microphone Replacement
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compact Disc Care and Cleaning
          • Care of CDs
          • Care of the CD Player
          • Stuck CDs
          • Labeling CDs
        • Radio Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Digital Radio Receiver Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mobile Telephone Digital Antenna Replacement
        • Antenna Replacement - Cellular Communications/Digital Radio
        • Bracket Replacement - Vehicle Location Antenna Module
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radio Antenna Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Digital Radio Antenna Replacement
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Digital Radio Antenna Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Cellular Telephone
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radio Antenna Cable Extension Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Global Positioning System (GPS) (Body Cable)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Global Positioning System (GPS) (Instrument Panel Extension Cable)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Grille Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Grille Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Grille Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radio Front Speaker Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Side Door Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radio Front Side Door Speaker Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Navigation System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Navigation System Components
          • Navigation Radio
          • Global Positioning System (GPS) Antenna
          • GPS Reception
          • Route Guidance
          • Points of Interest
          • Map DVD
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS, and Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OnStar® Steering Wheel Controls
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
          • Placing a Call
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • AM/FM Reception
            • Radio Signal
            • AM Reception
            • FM Reception
          • XM Reception
          • Antenna
          • Audio Amplifier
          • Theft Deterrent
          • Integral CD Changer (ICDX)
            • Notes
            • Single Disc Loading
            • Multi Disc Loading
            • Removing CDs
            • Selecting CDs
            • Song List Feature
          • Radio Data System (RDS)
            • Notes
            • RDS Basic Information
            • Displaying RDS Information
            • Viewing and Selecting RDS Information for Display
            • Using RDS Program Types to Tune Radio
            • Using the INFO Feature
            • Controlling the Radio
            • Using the RDS Traffic Feature
            • Traffic Interrupt Feature
            • RDS Program Type Interrupts
            • Alternate Frequency (AF) Switching
            • RDS Clock Time
          • XM Satellite Radio
            • Notes
            • Digital Radio Receiver
            • Viewing Messages
            • Radio Chime Level Adjustment
          • Steering Wheel Controls
          • Tape/CD Player Error Messages
  • Exterior Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
          • Ambient Light Sensor
          • Backup Lamp - Left
          • Backup Lamp - Right
          • Brake Pedal Position Sensor
          • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL)
          • Courtesy/Reading Lamp - Front (TR9, CF5)
          • Courtesy/Reading Lamp - Left
          • Courtesy/Reading Lamp - Right
          • Fog Lamp - LF (L26/L32)
          • Fog Lamp - LF (LS4)
          • Fog Lamp - RF (L26/L32)
          • Fog Lamp - RF (LS4)
          • Headlamp - High Beam - Left
          • Headlamp - High Beam - Right
          • Headlamp Low Beam - Left
          • Headlamp Low Beam - Right
          • Interior Lamp Switch
          • I/P Courtesy Lamp - Left
          • I/P Courtesy Lamp - Right
          • License Lamp - Left
          • License Lamp - Right
          • Marker Lamp - LF
          • Marker Lamp - LR
          • Marker Lamp - RF
          • Marker Lamp - RR
          • Multifunction Turn Signal Lever - C1
          • Multifunction Turn Signal Lever - C2
          • Multifunction Turn Signal Lever - C3
          • Multifunction Turn Signal Lever - C4
          • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - LF (L26/L32)
          • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - LF (LS4)
          • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - RF (L26/L32)
          • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - RF (LS4)
          • PRNDL Lamp
          • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp
          • Sunload Sensor Assembly
          • Tail Lamp - Left
          • Tail Lamp - Right
          • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp - Left
          • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp - Right
          • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Left (CF5)
          • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Left (TR9)
          • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Right (CF5)
          • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Right (TR9)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • BCM Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Cruise Control Data List
          • BCM Data List
          • BCM Inputs
          • BCM Outputs
          • BASS Data List
        • DTC B2525
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2545
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2580
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B2610
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2645
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B3445
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3838
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3948
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3949
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3950
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3951
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0277
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0278
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0283
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0870
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0572
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0573
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Always On
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • Illuminated Entry Lamps Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Park, License, and Tail Lamps Always On
        • Park, License, and Tail Lamps Inoperative
        • Reading Lamp(s) Always On
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Always On
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Always On or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Always On
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Dimmer Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Courtesy Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Overhead Console Courtesy Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Floor Shift Control Indicator Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement (Early 2006)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement (Late 2006)
        • Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement (Early 2006)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement (Late 2006)
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement (GT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Visual Aiming Preparation Procedure
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Front Fog Lamp Replacement (GT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Fog Lamp Replacement (GXP)
        • Front Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement (GXP)
        • Fog Lamp Aiming (GT)
          • Notes
          • Preparation Procedure
          • Aiming Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming (GXP)
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Replacement (GXP)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement (GT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement (GXP)
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp/Backup Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp/Backup Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Assembly and /or Backup, Sidemarker, Stop, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Side Rail Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Lights On Warning
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail, Marker and License Lamps
          • Remote Keyless Entry Exterior Lamp Illumination
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Turn Signal Reminder
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Battery Rundown Protection / Inadvertent Power
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lighting
            • Notes
            • Interior Lamps
            • Interior Lamps Features
            • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
            • Courtesy/Illuminated Exit
            • Inadvertent Power Feature
            • Theater Dimming
            • Courtesy Lamps Manual Operation
            • Dome Lamp
            • I/P Compartment Lamp
            • I/P Courtesy Lamp
            • Overhead Console Courtesy/Reading Lamp
            • Rear Compartment Lamp
            • Roof Rail Courtesy/Reading Lamps
            • Sunshade Vanity Mirror Lamps
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
            • Notes
            • Incandescent Dimming
            • Class 2 Dimming
            • Driver Controls and Modules
  • Gauges & Instrument Panels
    • Instrument Panel System Displays And Gauges
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Driver Information System Schematics
        • Head Up Display Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Displays and Gages Component Views
        • Displays and Gages Connector End Views
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor
          • Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Electronic Compass Module
          • Engine Oil Level Switch (L26/L32)
          • Engine Oil Level Switch (LS4)
          • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch
          • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly
          • Head Up Display (HUD) (UV6)
          • Head Up Display (HUD) Switch (UV6)
          • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Displays and Gages
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0931
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3567
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3619
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3620
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3621
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3634
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0461
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0462
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0463
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0464
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0520
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0521
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0522
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0523
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Displays and Gages
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Chime Always On
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Chime Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Compass Inaccurate or C Displayed
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On (3.8L)
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On (5.3L)
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Hazard Indicators Inoperative
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Image Adjustment Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Intensity Does Not Vary
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Instrument Cluster Gages Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Outside Air Temperature Display Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Trunk Ajar Indicator Always On
        • Trunk Ajar Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Air Temperature Gage Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Cluster Head Up Display Window Cleaning
        • Head Up Display Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Cluster Head Up Display Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Electronic Compass Calibration
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Electronic Compass Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Driver Information Center Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Cluster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Lid Ajar Indicator Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • DIC Reminder
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key-In-Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Turn Signal Reminder
          • Additional Warnings
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Warning Messages
          • Trip Odometer
          • Odometer
          • Trip Distance A and B
          • Average Speed
          • Time Elapsed
          • Options Mode
            • Notes
            • Date
            • Language
            • Display Units
            • Daytime Display Enhancements
            • Engine Oil Monitor System
            • Tire Inflation Monitor System
            • Compass Calibration
            • Personalization
          • Set/Reset Button
          • Gages Button (Uplevel DIC)
            • Notes
            • Engine Oil Life Remaining
            • Transmission Fluid Temp
            • Battery
            • Engine Hours
            • Engine Boost (if supercharged)
          • Fuel (Uplevel DIC)
            • Notes
            • Average Fuel Economy (AFE)
            • Instantaneous Fuel Economy (IFE)
            • Range
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Telltales
          • Warning Messages
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Check Gages
          • Change Oil Soon
          • Door Ajar Indicator
          • Km/h and MPH Indicators
          • Low Fuel
          • Low Oil Level
          • Low Oil Pressure
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release
          • Service Vehicle Soon
        • Instrument Cluster Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
  • Headlights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
          • Ambient Light Sensor
          • Backup Lamp - Left
          • Backup Lamp - Right
          • Brake Pedal Position Sensor
          • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL)
          • Courtesy/Reading Lamp - Front (TR9, CF5)
          • Courtesy/Reading Lamp - Left
          • Courtesy/Reading Lamp - Right
          • Fog Lamp - LF (L26/L32)
          • Fog Lamp - LF (LS4)
          • Fog Lamp - RF (L26/L32)
          • Fog Lamp - RF (LS4)
          • Headlamp - High Beam - Left
          • Headlamp - High Beam - Right
          • Headlamp Low Beam - Left
          • Headlamp Low Beam - Right
          • Interior Lamp Switch
          • I/P Courtesy Lamp - Left
          • I/P Courtesy Lamp - Right
          • License Lamp - Left
          • License Lamp - Right
          • Marker Lamp - LF
          • Marker Lamp - LR
          • Marker Lamp - RF
          • Marker Lamp - RR
          • Multifunction Turn Signal Lever - C1
          • Multifunction Turn Signal Lever - C2
          • Multifunction Turn Signal Lever - C3
          • Multifunction Turn Signal Lever - C4
          • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - LF (L26/L32)
          • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - LF (LS4)
          • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - RF (L26/L32)
          • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - RF (LS4)
          • PRNDL Lamp
          • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp
          • Sunload Sensor Assembly
          • Tail Lamp - Left
          • Tail Lamp - Right
          • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp - Left
          • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp - Right
          • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Left (CF5)
          • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Left (TR9)
          • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Right (CF5)
          • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Right (TR9)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • BCM Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Cruise Control Data List
          • BCM Data List
          • BCM Inputs
          • BCM Outputs
          • BASS Data List
        • DTC B2525
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2545
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2580
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B2610
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2645
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B3445
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3838
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3948
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3949
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3950
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3951
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0277
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0278
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0283
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0870
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0572
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0573
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Always On
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • Illuminated Entry Lamps Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Park, License, and Tail Lamps Always On
        • Park, License, and Tail Lamps Inoperative
        • Reading Lamp(s) Always On
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Always On
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Always On or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Always On
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Dimmer Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Courtesy Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Overhead Console Courtesy Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Floor Shift Control Indicator Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement (Early 2006)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement (Late 2006)
        • Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement (Early 2006)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement (Late 2006)
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement (GT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Visual Aiming Preparation Procedure
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Front Fog Lamp Replacement (GT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Fog Lamp Replacement (GXP)
        • Front Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement (GXP)
        • Fog Lamp Aiming (GT)
          • Notes
          • Preparation Procedure
          • Aiming Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming (GXP)
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Replacement (GXP)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement (GT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement (GXP)
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp/Backup Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp/Backup Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Assembly and /or Backup, Sidemarker, Stop, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Side Rail Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Lights On Warning
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail, Marker and License Lamps
          • Remote Keyless Entry Exterior Lamp Illumination
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Turn Signal Reminder
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Battery Rundown Protection / Inadvertent Power
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lighting
            • Notes
            • Interior Lamps
            • Interior Lamps Features
            • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
            • Courtesy/Illuminated Exit
            • Inadvertent Power Feature
            • Theater Dimming
            • Courtesy Lamps Manual Operation
            • Dome Lamp
            • I/P Compartment Lamp
            • I/P Courtesy Lamp
            • Overhead Console Courtesy/Reading Lamp
            • Rear Compartment Lamp
            • Roof Rail Courtesy/Reading Lamps
            • Sunshade Vanity Mirror Lamps
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
            • Notes
            • Incandescent Dimming
            • Class 2 Dimming
            • Driver Controls and Modules
  • Heated Glass/Defoggers
    • Fixed & MOVEABLE Window Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Moveable Window Schematics
        • Defogger Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Window Systems Component Views
        • Window Systems Connector End Views
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid, C1
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid, C2
          • Window Motor - Driver
          • Window Motor - Front Passenger
          • Window Motor - LR
          • Window Motor - RR
          • Window Switch - Driver C1
          • Window Switch - Driver C2
          • Window Switch - Front Passenger
          • Window Switch - LR
          • Window Switch - RR
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Fixed and Moveable Windows
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • DTC B0283
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Fixed and Moveable Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Express Down Function Inoperative
        • Power Window Lockout Function Inoperative
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Adjustment
          • Causes of Slow Moving Window
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Adjustment
          • Causes of Slow Moving Window
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Stationary Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Channel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Channel Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Channel Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Weatherstrip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Weatherstrip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
      • Description and Operation
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Window Operation and the Driver Window Switch
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Window Operation and the Passenger Window Switches
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Horn Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horn Component Views
        • Horn Connector End Views
          • Horn Assembly
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B2750
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Horns - Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Immobilizer System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Immobilizer Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Immobilizer Component Views
        • Immobilizer Connector End Views
          • Theft Deterrent Exciter Module
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Immobilizer
        • DTC B2945
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2960
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3055
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1626
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1629
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1630
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • LED Indicator Replacement - Vehicle Security System
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Programming Immobilizer System Components
          • Notes
          • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Relearn Procedure
        • Adding Keys (Domestic)
        • Replacing Keys
      • Description and Operation
        • Immobilizer Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Theft Deterrent Exciter Module
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • The Ignition Key (Transponder)
            • Notes
            • Master Keys
            • Valet Keys
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • Security Message Operation
            • Theft System Not Programmed
            • Service Theft System
            • Starting Disabled Due To Theft System
    • Wiring Systems & Power Management - Introduction
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Power Moding Schematics
        • Ignition Lock Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Junction Block Replacement - Accessory Wiring
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition and Start Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Electronic Park Lock Description and Operation
        • Power Mode Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Serial Data Power Mode
          • Relay Controlled Power Mode
            • Notes
            • Ignition 1 Relay
            • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Relay
          • Fail-Safe Operation
            • Notes
            • Serial Data Messages
            • Discrete Ignition Signals
          • BCM Wake-Up/Sleep States
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • Relay Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems & Power Management - Troubleshooting And Diagnosis
      • Symptoms - Wiring Systems
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
        • Circuit Description
        • System Operation
      • Power Mode Mismatch
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
      • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Passenger Car Zoning
      • Electrical Symbols
      • General Electrical Diagnosis
        • Basic Knowledge Required
      • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
      • Circuit Testing
      • Using Connector Test Adapters
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
      • Using Fused Jumper Wires
      • Measuring Voltage
      • Measuring Voltage Drop
      • Measuring Frequency
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact in Bussed Electrical Centers (BEC)
        • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
        • Temperature Sensitivity
        • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) and Electrical Noise
        • Incorrect Control Module
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Description Of Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
          • Duplicating Failure Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
      • Circuit Protection - Fuses
      • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
      • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
        • Notes
        • Repairing a Fusible Link
      • Wiring Repairs
      • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
      • Flat Wire Repairs
      • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
        • GMLAN Repairs
        • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
        • GMLAN Wire Repair
      • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
        • High Temperature Wiring
        • Identifying High Temperature Wiring
        • High Temperature Wire Repair
      • Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs
      • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
      • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
      • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
      • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
      • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
        • SIR/SRS Connector Repair (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin)
        • SIR/SRS Component Wire Pigtail Repair
        • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
        • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
        • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
      • Connector Repairs
        • Notes
        • Identifying Connectors
      • Connector Position Assurance Locks
      • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
      • AFL/EPC Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (0.64)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (2.8 JPT)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (BSK)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (ECM)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Micro .64)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Micro-Pack 100W)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Pull To Seat)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Terminal Installation
      • Delphi Connectors (Push To Seat)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Reinstalling Terminal
      • Delphi Connectors (Weather Pack)
      • Delphi Connectors (12-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • FCI Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • JST Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Kostel Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Micro .64 Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Molex Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Sumitomo Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (025 Cap)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Sensor)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (43-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Door Module)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Yazaki Connectors (2-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Yazaki Connectors (16-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Repairing Connector Terminals
  • Infotainment
    • Cellular System, Entertainment System, And Navigation System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment/Communication Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Navigation System Schematics
        • OnStar Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment/Communication Component Views
        • Entertainment/Communication Connector End Views
          • Audio Amplifier C1 (U87)
          • Audio Amplifier C2 (U87)
          • Audio Amplifier C3 (U87)
          • Digital Radio Receiver C1 (U2K)
          • Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Radio - C1
          • Radio - C2
          • Radio, C3 (US4)
          • Speaker - Center
          • Speaker - LF Door
          • Speaker - LF Door Tweeter
          • Speaker - RF Door
          • Speaker - RF Door Tweeter
          • Speaker - LR (UW6)
          • Speaker - LR (U87)
          • Speaker - RR (UW6)
          • Speaker - RR (U87)
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) - C1
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) - C2
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) - C3 (US4)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0001
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1025, B1035, B1045, or B1055
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1259
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1780
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B2455
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2462
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2470
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2476
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2482
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2483 or B2484
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC U1500
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Audio Distortion - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • Speakers - Distortion
        • Audio Too Loud at Low Settings
        • Digital Radio Poor or No Reception
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Digital Radio Receiver Setup
          • Receiver Setup
          • XM Activation
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • No Global Positioning System (GPS) Reception
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • OnStar Reconfiguration
        • OnStar Steering Wheel Control Functions Inoperative
        • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Radio Setup
        • Reduced Volume - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • Speaker(s) - Reduced Volume
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
        • Speakers Inoperative - All
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • All Speakers Inoperative
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • One Speaker Inoperative
        • Tape Player Weak, Slow, or Garbled Output
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Mobile Telephone Microphone Replacement
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compact Disc Care and Cleaning
          • Care of CDs
          • Care of the CD Player
          • Stuck CDs
          • Labeling CDs
        • Radio Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Digital Radio Receiver Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mobile Telephone Digital Antenna Replacement
        • Antenna Replacement - Cellular Communications/Digital Radio
        • Bracket Replacement - Vehicle Location Antenna Module
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radio Antenna Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Digital Radio Antenna Replacement
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Digital Radio Antenna Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Cellular Telephone
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radio Antenna Cable Extension Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Global Positioning System (GPS) (Body Cable)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Global Positioning System (GPS) (Instrument Panel Extension Cable)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Grille Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Grille Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Grille Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radio Front Speaker Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Side Door Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radio Front Side Door Speaker Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Navigation System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Navigation System Components
          • Navigation Radio
          • Global Positioning System (GPS) Antenna
          • GPS Reception
          • Route Guidance
          • Points of Interest
          • Map DVD
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS, and Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OnStar® Steering Wheel Controls
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
          • Placing a Call
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • AM/FM Reception
            • Radio Signal
            • AM Reception
            • FM Reception
          • XM Reception
          • Antenna
          • Audio Amplifier
          • Theft Deterrent
          • Integral CD Changer (ICDX)
            • Notes
            • Single Disc Loading
            • Multi Disc Loading
            • Removing CDs
            • Selecting CDs
            • Song List Feature
          • Radio Data System (RDS)
            • Notes
            • RDS Basic Information
            • Displaying RDS Information
            • Viewing and Selecting RDS Information for Display
            • Using RDS Program Types to Tune Radio
            • Using the INFO Feature
            • Controlling the Radio
            • Using the RDS Traffic Feature
            • Traffic Interrupt Feature
            • RDS Program Type Interrupts
            • Alternate Frequency (AF) Switching
            • RDS Clock Time
          • XM Satellite Radio
            • Notes
            • Digital Radio Receiver
            • Viewing Messages
            • Radio Chime Level Adjustment
          • Steering Wheel Controls
          • Tape/CD Player Error Messages
  • Interior/Exterior Trim
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Emblem/Nameplate Replacement (Base)
        • Front Emblem/Nameplate Replacement (GXP)
        • Front Fender Emblem/Nameplate Replacement (GME)
        • Door Frame Applique/Runchannel Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Frame Front Applique and Front Channel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Emblem and Nameplate Replacement (GXP)
        • Rear Compartment Lid Emblem/Nameplate Replacement
        • Front Bumper Fascia Grille Replacement - Lower (Base)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Bumper Fascia Grille Replacement - Lower (GXP)
        • Body Side Molding Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rocker Panel Molding Replacement (GXP)
        • Rocker Panel Molding Replacement (Sedan, GT, GTP)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Weld Joint Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Fender Ornament Replacement (GXP)
        • Rear Spoiler Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Floor Coverings & Headliners
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Front Carpet Retainer Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Carpet Drying
        • Front Floor Panel Carpet Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlining Trim Panel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Instrument Panel Trim And Console Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Instrument Panel Insulator Panel Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Insulator Panel Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Opening Filler Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Passenger Knee Bolster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Driver Knee Bolster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Trim Plate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Accessory Trim Plate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Upper Trim Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Trim Plate Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Outer Trim Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Cluster Trim Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Outer Trim Cover Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Outer Trim Cover Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Center Compartment Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Door Lock Striker Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Door Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Door Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Door Stop Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Door Dampener Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Trim Pad Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Floor Console Compartment Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Floor Console Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Floor Console Armrest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Floor Console Armrest Hinge Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Floor Console Trim Plate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Floor Console Rear Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Console Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Interior Trim & Paneling
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Door Switch Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Door Switch Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Inside Handle Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Armrest Front Finish Cover and Rear Side Door Armrest Finish Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pull Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Trim Panel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Trim Panel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Inner Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Door Trim Panel Energy Absorber Pad Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Warning Reflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Warning Reflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Water Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Water Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Rail Rear Assist Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Anchor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Pillar Garnish Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Center Pillar Upper Trim Panel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Center Pillar Lower Trim Panel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Quarter Upper Trim Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Quarter Lower Trim Panel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Shelf Trim Panel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Sill Trim Plate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Lid Inner Panel Trim Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Side Trim Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Side Trim Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Stowage Tray Net Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Front Trim Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Floor Trim Plate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Floor Console Rear Cup Holder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sail Panel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pressure Relief Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Seat Hardware, Seat Trim, And Upholstery
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Seat Replacement - Bucket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Trim Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Adjuster Replacement (Two-Way Manual)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Adjuster Track Finish Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Retainer Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Cushion Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Cushion Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Cushion Frame Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Back Cover Replacement (Except Fold Flat)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Back Cover Replacement (Fold Flat)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Pad Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Back Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Cushion Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Cushion Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Cushion Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear (Folding)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Bolster Replacement - Rear Split Folding
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Pad Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Back Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Frame Replacement (Folding)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Barrier Replacement - Rear Seat Back
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
  • Interior/Illumination Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
          • Ambient Light Sensor
          • Backup Lamp - Left
          • Backup Lamp - Right
          • Brake Pedal Position Sensor
          • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL)
          • Courtesy/Reading Lamp - Front (TR9, CF5)
          • Courtesy/Reading Lamp - Left
          • Courtesy/Reading Lamp - Right
          • Fog Lamp - LF (L26/L32)
          • Fog Lamp - LF (LS4)
          • Fog Lamp - RF (L26/L32)
          • Fog Lamp - RF (LS4)
          • Headlamp - High Beam - Left
          • Headlamp - High Beam - Right
          • Headlamp Low Beam - Left
          • Headlamp Low Beam - Right
          • Interior Lamp Switch
          • I/P Courtesy Lamp - Left
          • I/P Courtesy Lamp - Right
          • License Lamp - Left
          • License Lamp - Right
          • Marker Lamp - LF
          • Marker Lamp - LR
          • Marker Lamp - RF
          • Marker Lamp - RR
          • Multifunction Turn Signal Lever - C1
          • Multifunction Turn Signal Lever - C2
          • Multifunction Turn Signal Lever - C3
          • Multifunction Turn Signal Lever - C4
          • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - LF (L26/L32)
          • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - LF (LS4)
          • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - RF (L26/L32)
          • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - RF (LS4)
          • PRNDL Lamp
          • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp
          • Sunload Sensor Assembly
          • Tail Lamp - Left
          • Tail Lamp - Right
          • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp - Left
          • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp - Right
          • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Left (CF5)
          • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Left (TR9)
          • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Right (CF5)
          • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Right (TR9)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • BCM Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Cruise Control Data List
          • BCM Data List
          • BCM Inputs
          • BCM Outputs
          • BASS Data List
        • DTC B2525
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2545
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2580
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B2610
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2645
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B3445
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3838
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3948
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3949
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3950
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3951
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0277
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0278
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0283
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0870
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0572
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0573
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Always On
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • Illuminated Entry Lamps Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Park, License, and Tail Lamps Always On
        • Park, License, and Tail Lamps Inoperative
        • Reading Lamp(s) Always On
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Always On
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Always On or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Always On
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Dimmer Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Courtesy Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Overhead Console Courtesy Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Floor Shift Control Indicator Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement (Early 2006)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement (Late 2006)
        • Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement (Early 2006)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement (Late 2006)
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement (GT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Visual Aiming Preparation Procedure
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Front Fog Lamp Replacement (GT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Fog Lamp Replacement (GXP)
        • Front Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement (GXP)
        • Fog Lamp Aiming (GT)
          • Notes
          • Preparation Procedure
          • Aiming Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming (GXP)
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Replacement (GXP)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement (GT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement (GXP)
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp/Backup Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp/Backup Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Assembly and /or Backup, Sidemarker, Stop, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Side Rail Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Lights On Warning
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail, Marker and License Lamps
          • Remote Keyless Entry Exterior Lamp Illumination
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Turn Signal Reminder
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Battery Rundown Protection / Inadvertent Power
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lighting
            • Notes
            • Interior Lamps
            • Interior Lamps Features
            • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
            • Courtesy/Illuminated Exit
            • Inadvertent Power Feature
            • Theater Dimming
            • Courtesy Lamps Manual Operation
            • Dome Lamp
            • I/P Compartment Lamp
            • I/P Courtesy Lamp
            • Overhead Console Courtesy/Reading Lamp
            • Rear Compartment Lamp
            • Roof Rail Courtesy/Reading Lamps
            • Sunshade Vanity Mirror Lamps
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
            • Notes
            • Incandescent Dimming
            • Class 2 Dimming
            • Driver Controls and Modules
  • Memory Modules
    • Secondary And Configurable Customer Controls
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Secondary/Configurable Control Schematic Icons
        • Steering Wheel Secondary/Configurable Control Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Secondary/Configurable Control Component Views
        • Secondary/Configurable Control Connector End Views
          • Steering Wheel Controls - Left
          • Steering Wheel Controls - Right
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Secondary and Configurable Customer Controls
        • Symptoms - Secondary and Configurable Customer Controls
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Personalization Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel Controls Description and Operation
        • Vehicle Personalization
          • Programming Features
            • Enter Programming Mode
            • Exterior Lighting Delay
            • Interior Lights When Door Closed
            • Interior Lights When Key Removed
            • Auto Door Lock
            • Auto Door Unlock
            • Auto Door Unlock On
            • Delayed Locking
            • Remote Locks Feedback
            • Theft Deterrent (if equipped)
            • Key Cylinder Disarm (if equipped with Theft Deterrent)
            • Lock Switch Arm (if equipped with Theft Deterrent)
          • Additional Information
  • Mirrors
    • Mirror System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Mirror Component Views
        • Mirror Connector End Views
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Mirrors
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Symptoms - Mirrors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outside Rear View Mirror Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
      • Description and Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
  • Seats
    • Power Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Driver Seat Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Component Views
        • Power Seat Connector End Views
          • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly - Driver
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver
          • Seat Lumbar Switch - Driver (AL9)
          • Seat Lumbar Motor - Driver (AL9)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Symptoms - Power Seats
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Lumbar Support Inoperative
        • Power Seat Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Switch Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Adjuster Replacement (Six-Way Power)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Phase Adjustment - Power
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Drive Cable Replacement - Horizontal
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Cable Replacement - Vertical
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Lumbar Support Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Lumbar Switch
          • Lumbar Motors
          • Lumbar Operation
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Seat Adjuster Switch
          • Seat Motors
          • Seat Operation
    • Seat Hardware, Seat Trim, And Upholstery
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Seat Replacement - Bucket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Trim Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Adjuster Replacement (Two-Way Manual)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Adjuster Track Finish Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Retainer Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Cushion Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Cushion Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Cushion Frame Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Back Cover Replacement (Except Fold Flat)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Back Cover Replacement (Fold Flat)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Pad Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Back Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Cushion Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Cushion Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Cushion Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear (Folding)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Bolster Replacement - Rear Split Folding
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Pad Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Back Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Frame Replacement (Folding)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Barrier Replacement - Rear Seat Back
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Seat Heating System And Seat Cooling System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Component Views
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Connector End Views
          • Heated Seat Element - Driver Back
          • Heated Seat Element - Driver Cushion
          • Heated Seat Element - Front Passenger Back
          • Heated Seat Element - Front Passenger Cushion
          • Heated Seat Relay - Driver
          • Heated Seat Relay - Front Passenger
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1920 or B2165
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1925 or B2170
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2508 or B2509
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Seat Heating and Cooling
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Heated Seat Always On
        • Heated Seat Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement - Heated Seats - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Heater Element Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Heater Element Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Power and Ground
          • Heated Seat Operation
          • Temperature Regulation
          • Load Management
  • Steering Column Switches
    • Secondary And Configurable Customer Controls
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Secondary/Configurable Control Schematic Icons
        • Steering Wheel Secondary/Configurable Control Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Secondary/Configurable Control Component Views
        • Secondary/Configurable Control Connector End Views
          • Steering Wheel Controls - Left
          • Steering Wheel Controls - Right
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Secondary and Configurable Customer Controls
        • Symptoms - Secondary and Configurable Customer Controls
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Personalization Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel Controls Description and Operation
        • Vehicle Personalization
          • Programming Features
            • Enter Programming Mode
            • Exterior Lighting Delay
            • Interior Lights When Door Closed
            • Interior Lights When Key Removed
            • Auto Door Lock
            • Auto Door Unlock
            • Auto Door Unlock On
            • Delayed Locking
            • Remote Locks Feedback
            • Theft Deterrent (if equipped)
            • Key Cylinder Disarm (if equipped with Theft Deterrent)
            • Lock Switch Arm (if equipped with Theft Deterrent)
          • Additional Information
    • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • Looseness in Steering Column
      • Repair Instructions
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Seal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Spring Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Multifunction Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Switch Housing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Lever Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Shroud Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Spring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor or Steering Shaft Lower Bearing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Centering
          • Steering Angle Sensor Centering Procedure
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security, Found on Some Vehicle Models
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Warning Systems
    • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Tire Pressure Monitoring
          • System Familiarization
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • System Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic System Check - Tire Pressure Monitoring
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC C0569
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0750, C0755, C0760, or C0765
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0775
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Repair Procedures
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Always On
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Procedure
          • Using the Driver Information Center (DIC)
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Grommet Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn
          • Learn Mode Description
          • Sensor Functions Using J-46079
          • Learn Mode Cancellation
          • TPM Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Window Motors & Regulators
    • Fixed & MOVEABLE Window Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Moveable Window Schematics
        • Defogger Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Window Systems Component Views
        • Window Systems Connector End Views
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid, C1
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid, C2
          • Window Motor - Driver
          • Window Motor - Front Passenger
          • Window Motor - LR
          • Window Motor - RR
          • Window Switch - Driver C1
          • Window Switch - Driver C2
          • Window Switch - Front Passenger
          • Window Switch - LR
          • Window Switch - RR
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Fixed and Moveable Windows
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • DTC B0283
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Fixed and Moveable Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Express Down Function Inoperative
        • Power Window Lockout Function Inoperative
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Adjustment
          • Causes of Slow Moving Window
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Adjustment
          • Causes of Slow Moving Window
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Stationary Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Channel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Channel Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Channel Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Weatherstrip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Weatherstrip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
      • Description and Operation
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Window Operation and the Driver Window Switch
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Window Operation and the Passenger Window Switches
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wiper/Washer Systems
    • Wiper System & Washer System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Wiper/Washer Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Wiper/Washer Component Views
        • Wiper/Washer Connector End Views
          • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump
          • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch
          • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch
          • Windshield Wiper Motor
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wiper/Washer Systems
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B3873
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3874
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3875
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3922
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Wiper/Washer Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Washer Fluid Indicator Malfunction
        • Washers Always On
        • Washers Inoperative
        • Wipers Always On
        • Wipers Inoperative - All Modes
        • Wipers Inoperative - One or More Modes
        • Wipers Blades Do Not Park
        • Wiper Arm Tip Pressure Check
          • Wiper Arm Pressure Check
        • Wiper Blade Element Check
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wipers/Washer Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hose Replacement - Windshield Washer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Solvent Container Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Solvent Container Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Inlet Grille Panel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Blade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Blade Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Crank Arm Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Drive System Module Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Glass Cleaning
        • Blade Element Cleaning
        • Wiper Chatter Repair
      • Description and Operation
        • Wiper/Washer System Description and Operation
          • Wiper/Washer System Components
          • Wiper/Washer System Description
          • Wash Operation
          • Mist Operation
          • Intermittent Operation
          • Low Speed Operation
          • High Speed Operation
          • Park Position Operation
          • Windshield Wiper/Washer System Power and Ground
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wiring System (Data Link Connectors, Pwr Dist., Grnd Dist.)
    • Wiring Systems & Power Management - Troubleshooting And Diagnosis
      • Symptoms - Wiring Systems
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
        • Circuit Description
        • System Operation
      • Power Mode Mismatch
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
      • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Passenger Car Zoning
      • Electrical Symbols
      • General Electrical Diagnosis
        • Basic Knowledge Required
      • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
      • Circuit Testing
      • Using Connector Test Adapters
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
      • Using Fused Jumper Wires
      • Measuring Voltage
      • Measuring Voltage Drop
      • Measuring Frequency
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact in Bussed Electrical Centers (BEC)
        • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
        • Temperature Sensitivity
        • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) and Electrical Noise
        • Incorrect Control Module
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Description Of Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
          • Duplicating Failure Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
      • Circuit Protection - Fuses
      • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
      • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
        • Notes
        • Repairing a Fusible Link
      • Wiring Repairs
      • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
      • Flat Wire Repairs
      • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
        • GMLAN Repairs
        • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
        • GMLAN Wire Repair
      • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
        • High Temperature Wiring
        • Identifying High Temperature Wiring
        • High Temperature Wire Repair
      • Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs
      • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
      • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
      • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
      • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
      • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
        • SIR/SRS Connector Repair (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin)
        • SIR/SRS Component Wire Pigtail Repair
        • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
        • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
        • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
      • Connector Repairs
        • Notes
        • Identifying Connectors
      • Connector Position Assurance Locks
      • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
      • AFL/EPC Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (0.64)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (2.8 JPT)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (BSK)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (ECM)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Micro .64)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Micro-Pack 100W)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Pull To Seat)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Terminal Installation
      • Delphi Connectors (Push To Seat)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Reinstalling Terminal
      • Delphi Connectors (Weather Pack)
      • Delphi Connectors (12-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • FCI Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • JST Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Kostel Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Micro .64 Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Molex Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Sumitomo Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (025 Cap)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Sensor)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (43-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Door Module)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Yazaki Connectors (2-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Yazaki Connectors (16-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Repairing Connector Terminals
• Body & Frame
  • Door Locks
    • Door Lock Systems & Door Handles
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Release Systems Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Vehicle Access Component Views
        • Vehicle Access Connector End Views
          • Rear Compartment Lid Latch
          • Door Lock - Driver
          • Door Lock - Front Passenger
          • Door Lock - LR
          • Door Lock - RR
          • Door Lock Switch - Driver
          • Door Lock Switch - Front Passenger
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vehicle Access
        • Symptoms - Vehicle Access
          • Power Door Locks
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Door Lock Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors and Switches
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Trunk Release Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Side Door Lock Actuator Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Lock Actuator Replacement
        • Handle Lock Rod Guide Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frozen Lock Cylinder Repair
        • Front Side Door Inside Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Inside Handle Rod Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Outside Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Inside Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Outsider Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Lock Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Door Lock Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Anchor Plate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Locking Rod Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Lock Striker Adjustment
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Striker Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Luggage Compartment Description and Operation
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Locks System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock Operation
          • Driver Door Unlock Operation
          • Passenger Door Unlock Operation
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Key Cylinder Unlock
          • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
          • Air Bag Deployment Unlock
    • Immobilizer System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Immobilizer Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Immobilizer Component Views
        • Immobilizer Connector End Views
          • Theft Deterrent Exciter Module
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Immobilizer
        • DTC B2945
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2960
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3055
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1626
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1629
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1630
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • LED Indicator Replacement - Vehicle Security System
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Programming Immobilizer System Components
          • Notes
          • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Relearn Procedure
        • Adding Keys (Domestic)
        • Replacing Keys
      • Description and Operation
        • Immobilizer Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Theft Deterrent Exciter Module
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • The Ignition Key (Transponder)
            • Notes
            • Master Keys
            • Valet Keys
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • Security Message Operation
            • Theft System Not Programmed
            • Service Theft System
            • Starting Disabled Due To Theft System
    • Keyless Entry System And Remote Functions
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Remote Function Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Remote Function Component Views
        • Remote Function Connector End Views
          • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Remote Functions
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Remote Functions
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Panic Mode Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Remote Vehicle Start Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
      • Repair Instructions
        • Keyless Entry Antenna Replacement
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Programming
      • Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Driver Door Only
          • Unlock All Doors - Second Operation
          • Lock All Doors
          • Panic Alarm Function
          • Remote Vehicle Start
          • Customer Programming Method for Enabling/Disabling the RVS Feature
          • Remote Vehicle Start Features That Allow A Remote Vehicle START/CONTINUE
          • Conditions to Stop A Remote Vehicle Start
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Component Views
        • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
          • Theft LED
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Does Not Disarm with Key Lock
          • Test Description
        • Horn Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Lights Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Security Indicator LED Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Arming the CTD System
          • Locking the Vehicle Without Arming the CTD System
          • Disarming an Armed System/Silencing an Alarm
          • CTD Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • Keyless Entry Module (Remote Control Door Lock Receiver)
            • Door Ajar Switches
            • Body Control Module (BCM)
            • Front Door Lock Cylinder Switch
            • Power Door Lock Switches
            • Hood Ajar Switch
            • Rear Compartment Lid Ajar Switch
            • Inputs
            • Outputs
  • Exterior Body Panels
    • Air/Wind Noise Symptoms
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Air/Wind Noise
        • Tracing Powder or Chalk Test
        • Air Pressure Test
        • Soap Suds or Bubble Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Exterior Windnoise
        • Interior Windnoise
    • Bolted Exterior Body Panels & Closures
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Fender Upper Diagonal Brace Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Side Bumper Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Release Cable Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Conduit Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Conduit Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Adjustment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Filler Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Door Adjustment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Fender Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Switch Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Lid Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Hinge Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Hinge Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Lid Hinge Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Hinge Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Adjustment
        • Hood Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Fender Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Lid Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Filler Pipe Housing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Open Assist Rod Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Rear Seal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Rear Outer Seal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Hinge Spring Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Lid Strut Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Support Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Center Pillar Auxiliary Weatherstrip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Weatherstrip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Lid Weatherstrip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Door Opening Weatherstrip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Front End Sealing Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Bumper System & Fascia
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Bumper Fascia Energy Absorber Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Bumper Impact Bar Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Bumper Fascia Replacement
        • Front Bumper Fascia Extension Replacement
        • Front Bumper Fascia Upper Support Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Bumper Fascia Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Bumper Fascia Extension Replacement
        • Rear Bumper Fascia Outer Support Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Energy Absorber Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Bumper Impact Bar Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Squeaks & Rattles
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Squeaks and Rattles
    • Water Leaks
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Waterleak Test Preparation
        • Dust Leaks
        • Water Hose Test
        • Air Hose Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Waterleak Repair
        • Stationary Window Waterleak Repair
  • Exterior/Interior Trim
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Emblem/Nameplate Replacement (Base)
        • Front Emblem/Nameplate Replacement (GXP)
        • Front Fender Emblem/Nameplate Replacement (GME)
        • Door Frame Applique/Runchannel Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Frame Front Applique and Front Channel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Emblem and Nameplate Replacement (GXP)
        • Rear Compartment Lid Emblem/Nameplate Replacement
        • Front Bumper Fascia Grille Replacement - Lower (Base)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Bumper Fascia Grille Replacement - Lower (GXP)
        • Body Side Molding Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rocker Panel Molding Replacement (GXP)
        • Rocker Panel Molding Replacement (Sedan, GT, GTP)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Weld Joint Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Fender Ornament Replacement (GXP)
        • Rear Spoiler Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Floor Coverings & Headliners
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Front Carpet Retainer Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Carpet Drying
        • Front Floor Panel Carpet Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlining Trim Panel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Instrument Panel Trim And Console Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Instrument Panel Insulator Panel Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Insulator Panel Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Opening Filler Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Passenger Knee Bolster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Driver Knee Bolster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Trim Plate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Accessory Trim Plate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Upper Trim Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Trim Plate Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Outer Trim Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Cluster Trim Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Outer Trim Cover Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Outer Trim Cover Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Center Compartment Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Door Lock Striker Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Door Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Door Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Door Stop Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Door Dampener Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Trim Pad Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Floor Console Compartment Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Floor Console Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Floor Console Armrest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Floor Console Armrest Hinge Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Floor Console Trim Plate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Floor Console Rear Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Console Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Interior Trim & Paneling
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Door Switch Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Door Switch Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Inside Handle Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Armrest Front Finish Cover and Rear Side Door Armrest Finish Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pull Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Trim Panel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Trim Panel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Inner Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Door Trim Panel Energy Absorber Pad Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Warning Reflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Warning Reflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Water Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Water Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Rail Rear Assist Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Anchor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Pillar Garnish Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Center Pillar Upper Trim Panel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Center Pillar Lower Trim Panel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Quarter Upper Trim Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Quarter Lower Trim Panel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Shelf Trim Panel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Sill Trim Plate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Lid Inner Panel Trim Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Side Trim Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Side Trim Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Stowage Tray Net Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Front Trim Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Floor Trim Plate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Floor Console Rear Cup Holder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sail Panel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pressure Relief Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Seat Hardware, Seat Trim, And Upholstery
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Seat Replacement - Bucket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Trim Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Adjuster Replacement (Two-Way Manual)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Adjuster Track Finish Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Retainer Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Cushion Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Cushion Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Cushion Frame Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Back Cover Replacement (Except Fold Flat)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Back Cover Replacement (Fold Flat)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Pad Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Back Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Cushion Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Cushion Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Cushion Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear (Folding)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Bolster Replacement - Rear Split Folding
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Pad Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Back Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Frame Replacement (Folding)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Barrier Replacement - Rear Seat Back
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
  • Frames, Subframes & Crossmembers
    • Frame & Underbody
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Frame Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frame Cushion or Insulator Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frame Cushion or Insulator Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Fender Liner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Splash Shield Replacement - Engine
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Immobilizer System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Immobilizer Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Immobilizer Component Views
        • Immobilizer Connector End Views
          • Theft Deterrent Exciter Module
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Immobilizer
        • DTC B2945
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2960
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3055
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1626
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1629
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1630
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • LED Indicator Replacement - Vehicle Security System
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Programming Immobilizer System Components
          • Notes
          • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Relearn Procedure
        • Adding Keys (Domestic)
        • Replacing Keys
      • Description and Operation
        • Immobilizer Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Theft Deterrent Exciter Module
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • The Ignition Key (Transponder)
            • Notes
            • Master Keys
            • Valet Keys
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • Security Message Operation
            • Theft System Not Programmed
            • Service Theft System
            • Starting Disabled Due To Theft System
    • Wiring Systems & Power Management - Introduction
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Power Moding Schematics
        • Ignition Lock Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Junction Block Replacement - Accessory Wiring
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition and Start Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Electronic Park Lock Description and Operation
        • Power Mode Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Serial Data Power Mode
          • Relay Controlled Power Mode
            • Notes
            • Ignition 1 Relay
            • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Relay
          • Fail-Safe Operation
            • Notes
            • Serial Data Messages
            • Discrete Ignition Signals
          • BCM Wake-Up/Sleep States
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • Relay Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems & Power Management - Troubleshooting And Diagnosis
      • Symptoms - Wiring Systems
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
        • Circuit Description
        • System Operation
      • Power Mode Mismatch
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
      • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Passenger Car Zoning
      • Electrical Symbols
      • General Electrical Diagnosis
        • Basic Knowledge Required
      • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
      • Circuit Testing
      • Using Connector Test Adapters
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
      • Using Fused Jumper Wires
      • Measuring Voltage
      • Measuring Voltage Drop
      • Measuring Frequency
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact in Bussed Electrical Centers (BEC)
        • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
        • Temperature Sensitivity
        • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) and Electrical Noise
        • Incorrect Control Module
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Description Of Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
          • Duplicating Failure Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
      • Circuit Protection - Fuses
      • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
      • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
        • Notes
        • Repairing a Fusible Link
      • Wiring Repairs
      • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
      • Flat Wire Repairs
      • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
        • GMLAN Repairs
        • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
        • GMLAN Wire Repair
      • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
        • High Temperature Wiring
        • Identifying High Temperature Wiring
        • High Temperature Wire Repair
      • Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs
      • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
      • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
      • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
      • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
      • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
        • SIR/SRS Connector Repair (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin)
        • SIR/SRS Component Wire Pigtail Repair
        • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
        • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
        • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
      • Connector Repairs
        • Notes
        • Identifying Connectors
      • Connector Position Assurance Locks
      • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
      • AFL/EPC Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (0.64)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (2.8 JPT)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (BSK)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (ECM)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Micro .64)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Micro-Pack 100W)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Pull To Seat)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Terminal Installation
      • Delphi Connectors (Push To Seat)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Reinstalling Terminal
      • Delphi Connectors (Weather Pack)
      • Delphi Connectors (12-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • FCI Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • JST Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Kostel Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Micro .64 Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Molex Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Sumitomo Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (025 Cap)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Sensor)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (43-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Door Module)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Yazaki Connectors (2-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Yazaki Connectors (16-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Repairing Connector Terminals
  • Mirrors
    • Mirror System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Mirror Component Views
        • Mirror Connector End Views
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Mirrors
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Symptoms - Mirrors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outside Rear View Mirror Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
      • Description and Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
  • Seats
    • Power Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Driver Seat Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Component Views
        • Power Seat Connector End Views
          • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly - Driver
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver
          • Seat Lumbar Switch - Driver (AL9)
          • Seat Lumbar Motor - Driver (AL9)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Symptoms - Power Seats
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Lumbar Support Inoperative
        • Power Seat Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Switch Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Adjuster Replacement (Six-Way Power)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Phase Adjustment - Power
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Drive Cable Replacement - Horizontal
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Cable Replacement - Vertical
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Lumbar Support Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Lumbar Switch
          • Lumbar Motors
          • Lumbar Operation
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Seat Adjuster Switch
          • Seat Motors
          • Seat Operation
    • Seat Hardware, Seat Trim, And Upholstery
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Seat Replacement - Bucket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Trim Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Adjuster Replacement (Two-Way Manual)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Adjuster Track Finish Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Retainer Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Cushion Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Cushion Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Cushion Frame Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Back Cover Replacement (Except Fold Flat)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Back Cover Replacement (Fold Flat)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Pad Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Back Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Cushion Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Cushion Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Cushion Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear (Folding)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Bolster Replacement - Rear Split Folding
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Pad Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Back Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Frame Replacement (Folding)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Barrier Replacement - Rear Seat Back
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Seat Heating System And Seat Cooling System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Component Views
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Connector End Views
          • Heated Seat Element - Driver Back
          • Heated Seat Element - Driver Cushion
          • Heated Seat Element - Front Passenger Back
          • Heated Seat Element - Front Passenger Cushion
          • Heated Seat Relay - Driver
          • Heated Seat Relay - Front Passenger
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1920 or B2165
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1925 or B2170
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2508 or B2509
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Seat Heating and Cooling
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Heated Seat Always On
        • Heated Seat Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement - Heated Seats - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Heater Element Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Heater Element Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Power and Ground
          • Heated Seat Operation
          • Temperature Regulation
          • Load Management
  • Sun Roof/T-Top/Convertible Top
    • Sunroof System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Sunroof Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Sunroof Component Views
        • Sunroof Connector End Views
          • Sunroof Motor
          • Sunroof Switch
      • Visual Identification
        • Power Sunroof Disassembled View
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Roof
        • Symptoms - Roof
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Sunroof Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Sunroof Does Not Close
        • Power Sunroof Window is Skewed
        • Power Sunroof When Operated from Vent to Close One Side Will Drop Before the Other
        • Power Sunroof When Closing from the Vent Position the Window Will Reverse Direction
        • Power Sunroof Will Stop at the Wrong Location
        • Power Sunroof Will Over Travel the Open Position and Stall the Motor
        • Power Sunroof Will Over Travel the Close Position and Stall the Motor
      • Repair Instructions
        • Sunroof Drain Inspection and Cleaning
          • Drain Hose Routing
          • Plugged Drain Hose
          • Disconnected Drain Hose
        • Sunroof Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Finishing Lace Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Module Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Initialization/Teach Process (Existing Motor)
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Initialization/Teach Process (New Motor)
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Sunshade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation procedure
        • Sunroof Sunshade Stop Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Track Timing/Synchronization (PES)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Height and Opening Fit Adjustment
        • Sunroof Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Sunroof Description and Operation (One Connector System)
          • Sunroof
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Windows
    • Fixed & MOVEABLE Window Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Moveable Window Schematics
        • Defogger Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Window Systems Component Views
        • Window Systems Connector End Views
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid, C1
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid, C2
          • Window Motor - Driver
          • Window Motor - Front Passenger
          • Window Motor - LR
          • Window Motor - RR
          • Window Switch - Driver C1
          • Window Switch - Driver C2
          • Window Switch - Front Passenger
          • Window Switch - LR
          • Window Switch - RR
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Fixed and Moveable Windows
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • DTC B0283
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Fixed and Moveable Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Express Down Function Inoperative
        • Power Window Lockout Function Inoperative
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Adjustment
          • Causes of Slow Moving Window
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Adjustment
          • Causes of Slow Moving Window
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Stationary Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Channel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Channel Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Channel Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Weatherstrip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Weatherstrip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
      • Description and Operation
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Window Operation and the Driver Window Switch
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Window Operation and the Passenger Window Switches
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Brakes
  • Anti-Lock Brakes
    • Anti-Lock Brake System, Traction Control System & Stability Control System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Antilock Brake System Schematic Icons
        • Antilock Brake System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Antilock Brake System Component Views
        • Antilock Brake System Connector End Views
          • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor (L26/L32 w/JL4)
          • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor (LS4 w/JL4)
          • Electronic Brake Control Module C1 (EBCM)
          • Steering Angle Sensor (JL4)
          • Traction Control Switch
          • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LF
          • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LR
          • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RF
          • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RR
          • Yaw and Lateral Acceleration Sensor (JL4)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Antilock Brake System
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Data Display/Definitions
        • Diagnostic Test Drive
        • Enhanced Diagnostics
          • History Data
          • Diagnostic Strategy
        • DTC C0035-C0051
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0035 C0040 C0045 C0050
            • C0036 C0041 C0046 C0051
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • C0035 C0040 C0045 C0050
            • C0036 C0041 C0046 C0051
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0060-C0095
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0110
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0121
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0131
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0132
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0141-C0156
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0161
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0186
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0187
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0196
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0197
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0236
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0240
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0241 or P0856
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0244 or P1689
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0245
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0252
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0253
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0710
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0870
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0875
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1650
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1651
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Antilock Brake System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • ABS Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • ABS Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Stability System Disabled Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Antilock Brake System Automated Bleed Procedure
          • Bleeding the ABS System
          • Automated Bleed Procedure
        • Steering Angle Sensor Centering
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Traction Control Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Yaw Rate Sensor/Lateral Accelerometer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • ABS Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Initialization Sequence
          • Antilock Brake System
          • Pressure Hold
          • Pressure Decrease
          • Pressure Increase
          • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
          • Traction Control System (TCS) (NW7)
          • Traction Control System (TCS) (NW9)
          • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System (VSES)
          • MAGNASTEER
          • ABS Indicator
          • Service ABS System
          • Stability Off Indicator
          • Brake Warning Indicator
          • Traction Control System Indicator(s)
            • Service Traction System Message
            • Traction Control Active Message
            • Traction Control Off Message
          • Stability Control System Indicator(s)
            • Stability Control Active Message
            • Stability Control Off Message
            • Service Stability System Message
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Mechanical - Hydraulic
    • Disc Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Disc Brake Component Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Disc Brakes
        • Brake Rotor Thickness Measurement
        • Brake Rotor Thickness Variation Measurement
        • Brake Rotor Surface and Wear Inspection
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout Measurement
        • Brake Pad Inspection
        • Brake Caliper Inspection
        • Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection - Front
        • Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection - Rear
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Disc Brake Pads Replacement (J65, JL9)
        • Front Disc Brake Pads Replacement (Z7U)
        • Rear Disc Brake Pads Replacement (J65, JL9)
        • Rear Disc Brake Pads Replacement (Z7U)
        • Brake Pad and Rotor Burnishing
        • Front Brake Caliper Replacement (J65, JL9)
        • Front Brake Caliper Replacement (Z7U)
        • Rear Brake Caliper Replacement (J65, JL9)
        • Rear Brake Caliper Replacement (Z7U)
        • Front Brake Caliper Overhaul
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Brake Caliper Overhaul
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Disc Brake Hardware Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Disc Brake Hardware Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement - Front (J65, JL9)
        • Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement - Front (Z7U)
        • Rear Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement (J65, JL9)
        • Rear Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement (Z7U)
        • Front Brake Rotor Replacement (J65, JL9)
        • Front Brake Rotor Replacement (Z7U)
        • Rear Brake Rotor Replacement (J65, JL9)
        • Rear Brake Rotor Replacement (Z7U)
        • Disc Brake Backing Plate Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout Correction
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout Correction - Indexing
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout Correction - Correction Plates
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout Correction - On Vehicle Lathe
        • Brake Rotor Refinishing
      • Description and Operation
        • Disc Brake System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Hydraulic Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Brake Component Specifications
        • Brake System Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Hydraulic Brake Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Hydraulic Brake Component Views
        • Hydraulic Brake Connector End Views
          • Brake Fluid Level Switch
          • Park Brake Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Hydraulic Brakes
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Hydraulic Brakes
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Brake Warning Indicator Always On
          • Test Description
        • Brake Warning Indicator Inoperative
        • Brake Pulsation
          • Test Description
        • Brake System Noise
        • Braking Action Uneven - Pulls to One Side
          • Test Description
        • Braking Action Uneven - Front to Rear
          • Test Description
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Travel
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Effort
        • Brakes Drag
        • Brake System Slow Release
        • Brake Fluid Loss
        • Disc Brake System Diagnosis
          • Test Description
        • Hydraulic Brake System Diagnosis
        • Brake Assist System Diagnosis
        • Brake System Vehicle Road Test
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Road Testing Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Travel Measurement and Inspection
        • Brake System Vacuum Source Test
        • Brake System External Leak Inspection
        • Brake System Internal Leak Test
        • Hydraulic Brake Component Operation Visual Inspection
        • Brake Pipe and Hose Inspection
        • Brake Pedal Pushrod Inspection
      • Repair Instructions
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Filling
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Overhaul
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Bench Bleeding
        • Master Cylinder Fluid Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pipe Replacement
        • Front Brake Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Brake Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding (Manual)
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding (Pressure)
        • Hydraulic Brake System Flushing
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Check Valve and/or Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Brake Fluid and Brake Fluid Handling
        • Brake Warning System Description and Operation
          • Brake System Indicator
        • Hydraulic Brake System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
        • Brake Assist System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Preliminary Service Specifications
      • Brakes
      • Wheel Alignment
      • A/C System
      • Spark Plugs
  • Parking Brake System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Park Brake
      • Symptoms - Park Brake
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptom List
      • Park Brake Will Not Hold or Release
      • Park Brake System Diagnosis
    • Repair Instructions
      • Park Brake Shoe Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Warning Lamp Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Replacement - Front
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Replacement - Rear (Z7U)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Replacement - Left Rear
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Replacement - Right Rear
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Equalizer Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Parking Brake Actuator Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Adjustment (L26 and L32)
    • Description and Operation
      • Park Brake System Description and Operation
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Anti-Lock Brake System, Traction Control System & Stability Control System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Antilock Brake System Schematic Icons
      • Antilock Brake System Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Antilock Brake System Component Views
      • Antilock Brake System Connector End Views
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor (L26/L32 w/JL4)
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor (LS4 w/JL4)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module C1 (EBCM)
        • Steering Angle Sensor (JL4)
        • Traction Control Switch
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RR
        • Yaw and Lateral Acceleration Sensor (JL4)
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Antilock Brake System
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Data Display/Definitions
      • Diagnostic Test Drive
      • Enhanced Diagnostics
        • History Data
        • Diagnostic Strategy
      • DTC C0035-C0051
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0035 C0040 C0045 C0050
          • C0036 C0041 C0046 C0051
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
          • C0035 C0040 C0045 C0050
          • C0036 C0041 C0046 C0051
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0060-C0095
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0110
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0121
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0131
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0132
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0141-C0156
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0161
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0186
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0187
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0196
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0197
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0236
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0240
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0241 or P0856
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0244 or P1689
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0245
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0252
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0253
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0710
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0870
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0875
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC U1650
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC U1651
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Symptoms - Antilock Brake System
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • ABS Indicator Always On
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • ABS Indicator Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Stability System Disabled Indicator Always On
        • Circuit Description
      • Traction Off Indicator Always On
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
    • Repair Instructions
      • Antilock Brake System Automated Bleed Procedure
        • Bleeding the ABS System
        • Automated Bleed Procedure
      • Steering Angle Sensor Centering
      • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve Bracket Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Front Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Traction Control Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Yaw Rate Sensor/Lateral Accelerometer Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • ABS Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Initialization Sequence
        • Antilock Brake System
        • Pressure Hold
        • Pressure Decrease
        • Pressure Increase
        • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
        • Traction Control System (TCS) (NW7)
        • Traction Control System (TCS) (NW9)
        • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System (VSES)
        • MAGNASTEER
        • ABS Indicator
        • Service ABS System
        • Stability Off Indicator
        • Brake Warning Indicator
        • Traction Control System Indicator(s)
          • Service Traction System Message
          • Traction Control Active Message
          • Traction Control Off Message
        • Stability Control System Indicator(s)
          • Stability Control Active Message
          • Stability Control Off Message
          • Service Stability System Message
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
• Drivelines & Axles
  • Axle Shafts
    • Wheel Drive Shafts
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wheel Drive Shafts
        • Click Noise In Turns
        • Clunk When Accelerating from Coast
        • Shudder or Vibration During Acceleration
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Inner Joint and Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Outer Joint and Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Wheel Drive Shafts Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Boots (Seals) And Clamps
          • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Tri-pot Joint (Inner Joint)
          • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Constant Velocity Joint (Outer Joint)
• Electrical
  • Body Electrical
    • Accessory Power Socket
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cigar Lighter/Power Outlet Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Outlet Component Views
        • Power Outlet Connector End Views
          • Accessory Power Outlet - Front
          • Accessory Power Outlet - Rear
      • Repair Instructions
        • Cigar Lighter Housing Replacement - Floor Console
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement - Floor Console
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Window Systems Connector End Views
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View, C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View, C2
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver C1
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver C2
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR
      • Vehicle Access Connector End Views
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Connector End View
        • Door Lock Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Door Lock Connector End View - LR
        • Door Lock Connector End View - RR
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
      • Mirror Connector End Views
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View
      • Cooling System Connector End Views
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right
      • Secondary/Configurable Control Connector End Views
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Left
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Right
      • Hydraulic Brake Connector End Views
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
      • Horn Connector End Views
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
      • Steering Assist Connector End Views
        • Magnasteer Actuator Connector End View
      • Wiper/Washer Connector End Views
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
      • Entertainment/Communication Connector End Views
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1 (U87)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2 (U87)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C3 (U87)
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View C1 (U2K)
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
        • Radio Connector End View - C1
        • Radio Connector End View - C2
        • Radio Connector End View - C3 (US4)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Center
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR (UW6)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR (U87)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR (UW6)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR (U87)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C1
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C2
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C3 (US4)
      • Sunroof Connector End Views
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
      • SIR Connector End Views
        • Front End Sensor Connector End Views
        • PPS Module Connector End Views
        • I/P Module Connector End View
        • Passenger Air Bag ON/OFF Indicator Connector End View
        • SDM Connector End View
        • Side Impact Sensor Connector End Views
        • Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End Views
        • Roof Rail Module Connector End Views
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End Views
      • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
        • Theft LED Connector End View
      • Seat Belt Connector End Views
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Right
      • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
        • Battery Current Sensor Connector End View
        • Generator Connector End View (L26/L32)
        • Generator Connector End View (LS4)
        • Hood Ajar Switch Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Internal Mode Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View
        • Engine Side to Transmission Side Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
        • TAP Shift Switch Connector End View - Right
        • TAP Shift Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View, Engine Side - 5.3L
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Engine Control Module Connector End Views
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C1
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C2
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C3
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Brake Booster Vacuum Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 7 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 8 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 6 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 7 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 8 Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View
        • Value Lifter Oil Manifold (VLOM) Assembly Connector End View
        • Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Connector End View (L32)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Sensor 1 Connector End View (NU6)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Sensor 1 Connector End View (w/o NU6)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Bank 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Bank 2 Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Control Solenoid Valve/Pressure Sensor Bank 2 Connector End View (NU6)
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Connector End View (NU6)
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay Connector End View (NU6)
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Valve Relay Connector End View (NU6)
        • Supercharger Boost Control Solenoid Connector End View (L32)
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C100 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness Connector End View (L26/L32)
        • C100 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness Connector End View (LS4)
        • C101 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (L26/L32 w/oJL4)
        • C101 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (L26/L32 w/JL4, LS4)
        • C102 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (LS4)
        • C104 I/P Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View
        • C105 Battery Cable Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C107 Engine Harness to Front Ignition Coil Harness Connector End View (LS4)
        • C108 Engine Harness to Rear Ignition Coil Harness Connector End View (LS4)
        • C110 Engine Harness to Ignition Control Module (ICM) Wiring Harness Connector End View
        • C111 Crankshaft Sensor Jumper Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View (LS4)
        • C120 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (L26/L32)
        • C120 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (LS4)
        • C125 Engine Harness to Knock Sensor Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C126 Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Jumper Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View
        • C141 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Front Headlamp Harness Connector End View
        • C142 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Front Headlamp Harness Connector End View
        • C143 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Front Turn Signal Harness Connector End View
        • C144 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Front Turn Signal Harness Connector End View
        • C200 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C201 Steering Column Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C208 (JL4) I/P Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C210 (C67) HVAC Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C210 (CJ2) HVAC Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C240 I/P Harness to Front Floor Console Harness Connector End View
        • C241 I/P Harness to Shifter Harness Connector End View
        • C250 I/P to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C301 Body Harness to Left Front Door Harness Connector End View
        • C302 I/P Harness to Right Front Door Harness Connector End View
        • C303 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View
        • C304 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View
        • C311 Body Harness to Left Front Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C313 Body Harness to Right Front Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C315 Right Front Seat Safety Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C316 Left Front Seat Safety Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C355 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C356 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C390 Roof Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C398 (CF5) Roof Harness to Sunroof Harness Connector End View
        • C400 Rear Deck Lid Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C401 Body Harness to Left Rear Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C402 Body Harness to Right Rear Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C403 Rear Applique Harness to Rear Deck Lid Harness Connector End View
        • C404 CHMSL Jumper Harness to Rear Deck Lid Harness Connector End View
        • C405 (1A-1D) Fuel Tank Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
      • Data Communication Connector End Views
        • BCM Connector End View C1
        • BCM Connector End View C2
        • BCM Connector End View C3
        • DLC Connector End View (L26/L32)
        • DLC Connector End View (LS4)
        • Splice Pack SP 205 Connector End View
      • Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View
      • HVAC Connector End Views
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View (L26/L32)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View (LS4)
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View (LS4)
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View (L26/L32)
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Inside
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Right
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View, C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View, C2
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View
      • Power Seat Connector End Views
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Lumbar Switch Connector End View - Driver (AL9)
        • Seat Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Driver (AL9)
      • Power Outlet Connector End Views
        • Accessory Power Outlet Connector End View - Front
        • Accessory Power Outlet Connector End View - Rear
      • Heated/Cooled Seat Connector End Views
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Back
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Cushion
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Front Passenger Back
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Front Passenger Cushion
        • Heated Seat Relay Connector End View - Driver
        • Heated Seat Relay Connector End View - Front Passenger
      • Displays and Gages Connector End Views
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Connector End View
        • Electronic Compass Module Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View (L26/L32)
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View (LS4)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Connector End View (UV6)
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Switch Connector End View (UV6)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
      • Immobilizer Connector End Views
        • Theft Deterrent Exciter Module Connector End View
      • Powertrain Control Module Connector End Views
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C1 (NU6)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C1 (w/o NU6)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C2 (NU6)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C2 (w/o NU6)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C3 (NU6)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C3 (w/o NU6)
      • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Front (TR9, CF5)
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - LF (L26/L32)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - LF (LS4)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - RF (L26/L32)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - RF (LS4)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Right
        • Headlamp Low Beam Connector End View - Left
        • Headlamp Low Beam Connector End View - Right
        • Interior Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • I/P Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • I/P Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Multifunction Turn Signal Lever Connector End View - C1
        • Multifunction Turn Signal Lever Connector End View - C2
        • Multifunction Turn Signal Lever Connector End View - C3
        • Multifunction Turn Signal Lever Connector End View - C4
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF (L26/L32)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF (LS4)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF (L26/L32)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF (LS4)
        • PRNDL Lamp Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Left (CF5)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Left (TR9)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Right (CF5)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Right (TR9)
      • Electrical Center Identification Connector End Views
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C1 (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C1 (LS4)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C2 (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C2 (LS4)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C3 (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C3 (LS4)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C4 (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C4 (LS4)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - I/P C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - I/P C2
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack SP 205 Connector End View
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View, C1
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View, C2
      • Remote Function Connector End Views
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View
      • Antilock Brake System Connector End Views
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Connector End View (L26/L32 w/JL4)
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Connector End View (LS4 w/JL4)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Connector End View C1 (EBCM)
        • Steering Angle Sensor Connector End View (JL4)
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
        • Yaw and Lateral Acceleration Sensor Connector End View (JL4)
    • Wiring Systems & Power Management - Introduction
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Power Moding Schematics
        • Ignition Lock Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Junction Block Replacement - Accessory Wiring
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition and Start Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Electronic Park Lock Description and Operation
        • Power Mode Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Serial Data Power Mode
          • Relay Controlled Power Mode
            • Notes
            • Ignition 1 Relay
            • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Relay
          • Fail-Safe Operation
            • Notes
            • Serial Data Messages
            • Discrete Ignition Signals
          • BCM Wake-Up/Sleep States
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • Relay Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems & Power Management - Component Locator And Power, Ground And Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Switch, C1
        • Ignition Switch, C2
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block - Underhood - Label (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood - Label (LS4)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood - Top View (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood - Top View (LS4)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood - Bottom View (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood - Bottom View (LS4)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1 (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1 (LS4)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C2 (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C2 (LS4)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C3 (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C3 (LS4)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C4 (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C4 (LS4)
        • Fuse Block - I/P - Label
        • Fuse Block - I/P Top View
        • Fuse Block - I/P Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - I/P C1
        • Fuse Block - I/P C2
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack SP 205
    • Wiring Systems & Power Management - Diagnostic Starting Point And In-Line Harness Connector End Views
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C100 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness (L26/L32)
        • C100 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness (LS4)
        • C101 Engine Harness to I/P Harness (L26/L32 w/oJL4)
        • C101 Engine Harness to I/P Harness (L26/L32 w/JL4, LS4)
        • C102 Engine Harness to I/P Harness (LS4)
        • C104 I/P Harness to Engine Harness
        • C105 Battery Cable Harness to I/P Harness
        • C107 Engine Harness to Front Ignition Coil Harness (LS4)
        • C108 Engine Harness to Rear Ignition Coil Harness (LS4)
        • C110 Engine Harness to Ignition Control Module (ICM) Wiring Harness
        • C111 Crankshaft Sensor Jumper Harness to Engine Harness (LS4)
        • C120 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness (L26/L32)
        • C120 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness (LS4)
        • C125 Engine Harness to Knock Sensor Jumper Harness
        • C126 Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Jumper Harness to Engine Harness
        • C141 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Front Headlamp Harness
        • C142 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Front Headlamp Harness
        • C143 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Front Turn Signal Harness
        • C144 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Front Turn Signal Harness
        • C200 Body Harness to I/P Harness
        • C201 Steering Column Harness to I/P Harness
        • C208 (JL4) I/P Harness to Body Harness
        • C210 (C67) HVAC Harness to I/P Harness
        • C210 (CJ2) HVAC Harness to I/P Harness
        • C240 I/P Harness to Front Floor Console Harness
        • C241 I/P Harness to Shifter Harness
        • C250 I/P to Body Harness
        • C301 Body Harness to Left Front Door Harness
        • C302 I/P Harness to Right Front Door Harness
        • C303 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Harness
        • C304 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Harness
        • C311 Body Harness to Left Front Seat Harness
        • C313 Body Harness to Right Front Seat Harness
        • C315 Right Front Seat Safety Harness to Body Harness
        • C316 Left Front Seat Safety Harness to Body Harness
        • C355 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness
        • C356 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness
        • C390 Roof Harness to Body Harness
        • C398 (CF5) Roof Harness to Sunroof Harness
        • C400 Rear Deck Lid Harness to Body Harness
        • C401 Body Harness to Left Rear Lamp Harness
        • C402 Body Harness to Right Rear Lamp Harness
        • C403 Rear Applique Harness to Rear Deck Lid Harness
        • C404 CHMSL Jumper Harness to Rear Deck Lid Harness
        • C405 (1A-1D) Fuel Tank Harness to Body Harness
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wiring Systems and Power Management
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
    • Wiring Systems & Power Management - DTC B1370 To B2535
      • DTC B1370
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC B1380
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC B1385
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC B1428
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC B1475
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2535
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
    • Wiring Systems & Power Management - Troubleshooting And Diagnosis
      • Symptoms - Wiring Systems
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
        • Circuit Description
        • System Operation
      • Power Mode Mismatch
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
      • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Passenger Car Zoning
      • Electrical Symbols
      • General Electrical Diagnosis
        • Basic Knowledge Required
      • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
      • Circuit Testing
      • Using Connector Test Adapters
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
      • Using Fused Jumper Wires
      • Measuring Voltage
      • Measuring Voltage Drop
      • Measuring Frequency
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact in Bussed Electrical Centers (BEC)
        • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
        • Temperature Sensitivity
        • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) and Electrical Noise
        • Incorrect Control Module
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Description Of Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
          • Duplicating Failure Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
      • Circuit Protection - Fuses
      • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
      • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
        • Notes
        • Repairing a Fusible Link
      • Wiring Repairs
      • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
      • Flat Wire Repairs
      • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
        • GMLAN Repairs
        • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
        • GMLAN Wire Repair
      • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
        • High Temperature Wiring
        • Identifying High Temperature Wiring
        • High Temperature Wire Repair
      • Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs
      • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
      • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
      • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
      • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
      • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
        • SIR/SRS Connector Repair (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin)
        • SIR/SRS Component Wire Pigtail Repair
        • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
        • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
        • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
      • Connector Repairs
        • Notes
        • Identifying Connectors
      • Connector Position Assurance Locks
      • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
      • AFL/EPC Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (0.64)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (2.8 JPT)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (BSK)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (ECM)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Micro .64)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Micro-Pack 100W)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Pull To Seat)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Terminal Installation
      • Delphi Connectors (Push To Seat)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Reinstalling Terminal
      • Delphi Connectors (Weather Pack)
      • Delphi Connectors (12-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • FCI Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • JST Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Kostel Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Micro .64 Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Molex Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Sumitomo Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (025 Cap)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Sensor)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (43-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Door Module)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Yazaki Connectors (2-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Yazaki Connectors (16-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Repairing Connector Terminals
  • Charging Systems
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
          • Battery Current Sensor
          • Generator (L26/L32)
          • Generator (LS4)
          • Hood Ajar Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1327
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1328
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1516
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0560
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0562
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0563
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0615
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0621
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0622
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging (L26/L32)
          • AGM Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Charging (LS4)
          • Tools Required
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Load Test
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click (L26, L32)
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click (LS4)
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection (RPO LS4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection (RPOs L26/L32)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Current Sensor Replacement (RPO LS4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Current Sensor Replacement (RPOs L26/L32)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (RPO LS4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (RPOs L26/L32)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (RPO LS4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (RPOs L26/L32)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement (RPO LS4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement (RPOs L26/L32)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement (RPO LS4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement (RPOs L26/L32)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (RPO LS4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (RPOs L26/L32)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Bracket Replacement (RPO LS4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Brace Replacement (L26)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Brace Replacement (L32)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (RPO LS4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (RPOs L26/L32)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation (L26/L32)
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Reserve Capacity (RC)
          • Cold Cranking Amperage (CCA)
          • Circuit Description
        • Battery Description and Operation (LS4)
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour (AH)
          • Reserve Capacity (RC)
          • Cold Cranking Amperage (CCA)
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management (EPM) Overview
          • Charging System Components
            • Generator
            • Body Control Module (BCM)
            • Battery Current Sensor
            • Engine Control Module (ECM) / Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
            • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
          • Charging System Operation
            • Notes
            • Charge Mode
            • Fuel Economy Mode
            • Voltage Reduction Mode
            • Start Up Mode
            • Windshield Deice Mode
            • Battery Sulfation Mode
          • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Operation
            • Charge Indicator Operation
            • Charging System Failure
            • Battery Voltage
            • Battery Saver Active
        • Electrical Power Management Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • Circuit Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
    • Wiring Systems & Power Management - Component Locator And Power, Ground And Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Switch, C1
        • Ignition Switch, C2
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block - Underhood - Label (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood - Label (LS4)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood - Top View (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood - Top View (LS4)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood - Bottom View (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood - Bottom View (LS4)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1 (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1 (LS4)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C2 (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C2 (LS4)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C3 (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C3 (LS4)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C4 (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C4 (LS4)
        • Fuse Block - I/P - Label
        • Fuse Block - I/P Top View
        • Fuse Block - I/P Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - I/P C1
        • Fuse Block - I/P C2
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack SP 205
  • Fuses & Circuit Breakers
    • Identification
      • Notes
      • Fusible Links
      • Instrument Panel Fuse Block
      • UNDERHOOD Fuse Block
        • Notes
        • Underhood Fuse Block (L26/L32 - 3.8L)
        • Underhood Fuse Block (LS4 - 5.3L)
  • Instrument Panel System Displays And Gauges
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Fuel Level Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Instrument Cluster Schematics
      • Driver Information System Schematics
      • Head Up Display Schematics
      • Audible Warnings Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Displays and Gages Component Views
      • Displays and Gages Connector End Views
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor
        • Driver Information Center (DIC)
        • Electronic Compass Module
        • Engine Oil Level Switch (L26/L32)
        • Engine Oil Level Switch (LS4)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly
        • Head Up Display (HUD) (UV6)
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Switch (UV6)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Displays and Gages
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • DTC B0931
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC B3567
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC B3619
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC B3620
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC B3621
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC B3634
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0461
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0462
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0463
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0464
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0520
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0521
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0522
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0523
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Symptoms - Displays and Gages
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Chime Always On
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Chime Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Compass Inaccurate or C Displayed
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On (3.8L)
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On (5.3L)
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Head Up Display (HUD) Hazard Indicators Inoperative
      • Head Up Display (HUD) Image Adjustment Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Head Up Display (HUD) Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Head Up Display (HUD) Intensity Does Not Vary
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Instrument Cluster Gages Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Outside Air Temperature Display Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Trunk Ajar Indicator Always On
      • Trunk Ajar Indicator Inoperative
    • Repair Instructions
      • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ambient Air Temperature Gage Sensor Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Cluster Head Up Display Window Cleaning
      • Head Up Display Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Cluster Head Up Display Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Electronic Compass Calibration
        • Compass Calibration
        • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
      • Electronic Compass Module Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Driver Information Center Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Cluster Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rear Compartment Lid Ajar Indicator Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • DIC Reminder
        • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
        • Key-In-Ignition Warning
        • Lights On Warning
        • Turn Signal Reminder
        • Additional Warnings
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Warning Messages
        • Trip Odometer
        • Odometer
        • Trip Distance A and B
        • Average Speed
        • Time Elapsed
        • Options Mode
          • Notes
          • Date
          • Language
          • Display Units
          • Daytime Display Enhancements
          • Engine Oil Monitor System
          • Tire Inflation Monitor System
          • Compass Calibration
          • Personalization
        • Set/Reset Button
        • Gages Button (Uplevel DIC)
          • Notes
          • Engine Oil Life Remaining
          • Transmission Fluid Temp
          • Battery
          • Engine Hours
          • Engine Boost (if supercharged)
        • Fuel (Uplevel DIC)
          • Notes
          • Average Fuel Economy (AFE)
          • Instantaneous Fuel Economy (IFE)
          • Range
      • Head Up Display (HUD) Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Telltales
        • Warning Messages
      • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Check Gages
        • Change Oil Soon
        • Door Ajar Indicator
        • Km/h and MPH Indicators
        • Low Fuel
        • Low Oil Level
        • Low Oil Pressure
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release
        • Service Vehicle Soon
      • Instrument Cluster Description and Operation
        • Displays Test
        • Indicators and Warning Messages
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
        • Fuel Gage
        • Speedometer
        • Tachometer
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Horn Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horn Component Views
        • Horn Connector End Views
          • Horn Assembly
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B2750
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Horns - Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
  • Motors, Switches, Relays
    • Accessory Power Socket
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cigar Lighter/Power Outlet Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Outlet Component Views
        • Power Outlet Connector End Views
          • Accessory Power Outlet - Front
          • Accessory Power Outlet - Rear
      • Repair Instructions
        • Cigar Lighter Housing Replacement - Floor Console
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement - Floor Console
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Window Systems Connector End Views
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View, C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View, C2
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver C1
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver C2
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR
      • Vehicle Access Connector End Views
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Connector End View
        • Door Lock Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Door Lock Connector End View - LR
        • Door Lock Connector End View - RR
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
      • Mirror Connector End Views
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View
      • Cooling System Connector End Views
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right
      • Secondary/Configurable Control Connector End Views
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Left
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Right
      • Hydraulic Brake Connector End Views
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
      • Horn Connector End Views
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
      • Steering Assist Connector End Views
        • Magnasteer Actuator Connector End View
      • Wiper/Washer Connector End Views
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
      • Entertainment/Communication Connector End Views
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1 (U87)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2 (U87)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C3 (U87)
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View C1 (U2K)
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
        • Radio Connector End View - C1
        • Radio Connector End View - C2
        • Radio Connector End View - C3 (US4)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Center
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR (UW6)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR (U87)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR (UW6)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR (U87)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C1
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C2
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C3 (US4)
      • Sunroof Connector End Views
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
      • SIR Connector End Views
        • Front End Sensor Connector End Views
        • PPS Module Connector End Views
        • I/P Module Connector End View
        • Passenger Air Bag ON/OFF Indicator Connector End View
        • SDM Connector End View
        • Side Impact Sensor Connector End Views
        • Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End Views
        • Roof Rail Module Connector End Views
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End Views
      • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
        • Theft LED Connector End View
      • Seat Belt Connector End Views
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Right
      • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
        • Battery Current Sensor Connector End View
        • Generator Connector End View (L26/L32)
        • Generator Connector End View (LS4)
        • Hood Ajar Switch Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Internal Mode Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View
        • Engine Side to Transmission Side Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
        • TAP Shift Switch Connector End View - Right
        • TAP Shift Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View, Engine Side - 5.3L
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Engine Control Module Connector End Views
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C1
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C2
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C3
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Brake Booster Vacuum Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 7 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 8 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 6 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 7 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 8 Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View
        • Value Lifter Oil Manifold (VLOM) Assembly Connector End View
        • Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Connector End View (L32)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Sensor 1 Connector End View (NU6)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Sensor 1 Connector End View (w/o NU6)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Bank 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Bank 2 Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Control Solenoid Valve/Pressure Sensor Bank 2 Connector End View (NU6)
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Connector End View (NU6)
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay Connector End View (NU6)
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Valve Relay Connector End View (NU6)
        • Supercharger Boost Control Solenoid Connector End View (L32)
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C100 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness Connector End View (L26/L32)
        • C100 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness Connector End View (LS4)
        • C101 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (L26/L32 w/oJL4)
        • C101 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (L26/L32 w/JL4, LS4)
        • C102 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (LS4)
        • C104 I/P Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View
        • C105 Battery Cable Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C107 Engine Harness to Front Ignition Coil Harness Connector End View (LS4)
        • C108 Engine Harness to Rear Ignition Coil Harness Connector End View (LS4)
        • C110 Engine Harness to Ignition Control Module (ICM) Wiring Harness Connector End View
        • C111 Crankshaft Sensor Jumper Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View (LS4)
        • C120 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (L26/L32)
        • C120 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (LS4)
        • C125 Engine Harness to Knock Sensor Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C126 Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Jumper Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View
        • C141 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Front Headlamp Harness Connector End View
        • C142 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Front Headlamp Harness Connector End View
        • C143 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Front Turn Signal Harness Connector End View
        • C144 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Front Turn Signal Harness Connector End View
        • C200 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C201 Steering Column Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C208 (JL4) I/P Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C210 (C67) HVAC Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C210 (CJ2) HVAC Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C240 I/P Harness to Front Floor Console Harness Connector End View
        • C241 I/P Harness to Shifter Harness Connector End View
        • C250 I/P to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C301 Body Harness to Left Front Door Harness Connector End View
        • C302 I/P Harness to Right Front Door Harness Connector End View
        • C303 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View
        • C304 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View
        • C311 Body Harness to Left Front Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C313 Body Harness to Right Front Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C315 Right Front Seat Safety Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C316 Left Front Seat Safety Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C355 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C356 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C390 Roof Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C398 (CF5) Roof Harness to Sunroof Harness Connector End View
        • C400 Rear Deck Lid Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C401 Body Harness to Left Rear Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C402 Body Harness to Right Rear Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C403 Rear Applique Harness to Rear Deck Lid Harness Connector End View
        • C404 CHMSL Jumper Harness to Rear Deck Lid Harness Connector End View
        • C405 (1A-1D) Fuel Tank Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
      • Data Communication Connector End Views
        • BCM Connector End View C1
        • BCM Connector End View C2
        • BCM Connector End View C3
        • DLC Connector End View (L26/L32)
        • DLC Connector End View (LS4)
        • Splice Pack SP 205 Connector End View
      • Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View
      • HVAC Connector End Views
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View (L26/L32)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View (LS4)
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View (LS4)
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View (L26/L32)
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Inside
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Right
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View, C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View, C2
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View
      • Power Seat Connector End Views
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Lumbar Switch Connector End View - Driver (AL9)
        • Seat Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Driver (AL9)
      • Power Outlet Connector End Views
        • Accessory Power Outlet Connector End View - Front
        • Accessory Power Outlet Connector End View - Rear
      • Heated/Cooled Seat Connector End Views
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Back
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Cushion
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Front Passenger Back
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Front Passenger Cushion
        • Heated Seat Relay Connector End View - Driver
        • Heated Seat Relay Connector End View - Front Passenger
      • Displays and Gages Connector End Views
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Connector End View
        • Electronic Compass Module Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View (L26/L32)
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View (LS4)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Connector End View (UV6)
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Switch Connector End View (UV6)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
      • Immobilizer Connector End Views
        • Theft Deterrent Exciter Module Connector End View
      • Powertrain Control Module Connector End Views
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C1 (NU6)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C1 (w/o NU6)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C2 (NU6)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C2 (w/o NU6)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C3 (NU6)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C3 (w/o NU6)
      • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Front (TR9, CF5)
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - LF (L26/L32)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - LF (LS4)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - RF (L26/L32)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - RF (LS4)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Right
        • Headlamp Low Beam Connector End View - Left
        • Headlamp Low Beam Connector End View - Right
        • Interior Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • I/P Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • I/P Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Multifunction Turn Signal Lever Connector End View - C1
        • Multifunction Turn Signal Lever Connector End View - C2
        • Multifunction Turn Signal Lever Connector End View - C3
        • Multifunction Turn Signal Lever Connector End View - C4
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF (L26/L32)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF (LS4)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF (L26/L32)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF (LS4)
        • PRNDL Lamp Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Left (CF5)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Left (TR9)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Right (CF5)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Right (TR9)
      • Electrical Center Identification Connector End Views
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C1 (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C1 (LS4)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C2 (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C2 (LS4)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C3 (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C3 (LS4)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C4 (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C4 (LS4)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - I/P C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - I/P C2
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack SP 205 Connector End View
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View, C1
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View, C2
      • Remote Function Connector End Views
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View
      • Antilock Brake System Connector End Views
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Connector End View (L26/L32 w/JL4)
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Connector End View (LS4 w/JL4)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Connector End View C1 (EBCM)
        • Steering Angle Sensor Connector End View (JL4)
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
        • Yaw and Lateral Acceleration Sensor Connector End View (JL4)
    • Wiring Systems & Power Management - Introduction
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Power Moding Schematics
        • Ignition Lock Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Junction Block Replacement - Accessory Wiring
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition and Start Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Electronic Park Lock Description and Operation
        • Power Mode Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Serial Data Power Mode
          • Relay Controlled Power Mode
            • Notes
            • Ignition 1 Relay
            • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Relay
          • Fail-Safe Operation
            • Notes
            • Serial Data Messages
            • Discrete Ignition Signals
          • BCM Wake-Up/Sleep States
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • Relay Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems & Power Management - Component Locator And Power, Ground And Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Switch, C1
        • Ignition Switch, C2
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block - Underhood - Label (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood - Label (LS4)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood - Top View (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood - Top View (LS4)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood - Bottom View (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood - Bottom View (LS4)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1 (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1 (LS4)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C2 (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C2 (LS4)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C3 (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C3 (LS4)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C4 (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C4 (LS4)
        • Fuse Block - I/P - Label
        • Fuse Block - I/P Top View
        • Fuse Block - I/P Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - I/P C1
        • Fuse Block - I/P C2
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack SP 205
    • Wiring Systems & Power Management - Diagnostic Starting Point And In-Line Harness Connector End Views
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C100 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness (L26/L32)
        • C100 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness (LS4)
        • C101 Engine Harness to I/P Harness (L26/L32 w/oJL4)
        • C101 Engine Harness to I/P Harness (L26/L32 w/JL4, LS4)
        • C102 Engine Harness to I/P Harness (LS4)
        • C104 I/P Harness to Engine Harness
        • C105 Battery Cable Harness to I/P Harness
        • C107 Engine Harness to Front Ignition Coil Harness (LS4)
        • C108 Engine Harness to Rear Ignition Coil Harness (LS4)
        • C110 Engine Harness to Ignition Control Module (ICM) Wiring Harness
        • C111 Crankshaft Sensor Jumper Harness to Engine Harness (LS4)
        • C120 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness (L26/L32)
        • C120 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness (LS4)
        • C125 Engine Harness to Knock Sensor Jumper Harness
        • C126 Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Jumper Harness to Engine Harness
        • C141 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Front Headlamp Harness
        • C142 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Front Headlamp Harness
        • C143 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Front Turn Signal Harness
        • C144 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Front Turn Signal Harness
        • C200 Body Harness to I/P Harness
        • C201 Steering Column Harness to I/P Harness
        • C208 (JL4) I/P Harness to Body Harness
        • C210 (C67) HVAC Harness to I/P Harness
        • C210 (CJ2) HVAC Harness to I/P Harness
        • C240 I/P Harness to Front Floor Console Harness
        • C241 I/P Harness to Shifter Harness
        • C250 I/P to Body Harness
        • C301 Body Harness to Left Front Door Harness
        • C302 I/P Harness to Right Front Door Harness
        • C303 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Harness
        • C304 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Harness
        • C311 Body Harness to Left Front Seat Harness
        • C313 Body Harness to Right Front Seat Harness
        • C315 Right Front Seat Safety Harness to Body Harness
        • C316 Left Front Seat Safety Harness to Body Harness
        • C355 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness
        • C356 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness
        • C390 Roof Harness to Body Harness
        • C398 (CF5) Roof Harness to Sunroof Harness
        • C400 Rear Deck Lid Harness to Body Harness
        • C401 Body Harness to Left Rear Lamp Harness
        • C402 Body Harness to Right Rear Lamp Harness
        • C403 Rear Applique Harness to Rear Deck Lid Harness
        • C404 CHMSL Jumper Harness to Rear Deck Lid Harness
        • C405 (1A-1D) Fuel Tank Harness to Body Harness
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wiring Systems and Power Management
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
    • Wiring Systems & Power Management - DTC B1370 To B2535
      • DTC B1370
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC B1380
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC B1385
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC B1428
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC B1475
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2535
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
    • Wiring Systems & Power Management - Troubleshooting And Diagnosis
      • Symptoms - Wiring Systems
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
        • Circuit Description
        • System Operation
      • Power Mode Mismatch
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
      • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Passenger Car Zoning
      • Electrical Symbols
      • General Electrical Diagnosis
        • Basic Knowledge Required
      • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
      • Circuit Testing
      • Using Connector Test Adapters
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
      • Using Fused Jumper Wires
      • Measuring Voltage
      • Measuring Voltage Drop
      • Measuring Frequency
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact in Bussed Electrical Centers (BEC)
        • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
        • Temperature Sensitivity
        • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) and Electrical Noise
        • Incorrect Control Module
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Description Of Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
          • Duplicating Failure Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
      • Circuit Protection - Fuses
      • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
      • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
        • Notes
        • Repairing a Fusible Link
      • Wiring Repairs
      • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
      • Flat Wire Repairs
      • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
        • GMLAN Repairs
        • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
        • GMLAN Wire Repair
      • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
        • High Temperature Wiring
        • Identifying High Temperature Wiring
        • High Temperature Wire Repair
      • Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs
      • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
      • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
      • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
      • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
      • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
        • SIR/SRS Connector Repair (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin)
        • SIR/SRS Component Wire Pigtail Repair
        • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
        • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
        • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
      • Connector Repairs
        • Notes
        • Identifying Connectors
      • Connector Position Assurance Locks
      • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
      • AFL/EPC Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (0.64)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (2.8 JPT)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (BSK)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (ECM)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Micro .64)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Micro-Pack 100W)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Pull To Seat)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Terminal Installation
      • Delphi Connectors (Push To Seat)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Reinstalling Terminal
      • Delphi Connectors (Weather Pack)
      • Delphi Connectors (12-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • FCI Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • JST Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Kostel Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Micro .64 Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Molex Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Sumitomo Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (025 Cap)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Sensor)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (43-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Door Module)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Yazaki Connectors (2-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Yazaki Connectors (16-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Repairing Connector Terminals
  • Starter
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
          • Battery Current Sensor
          • Generator (L26/L32)
          • Generator (LS4)
          • Hood Ajar Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1327
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1328
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1516
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0560
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0562
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0563
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0615
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0621
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0622
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging (L26/L32)
          • AGM Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Charging (LS4)
          • Tools Required
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Load Test
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click (L26, L32)
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click (LS4)
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection (RPO LS4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection (RPOs L26/L32)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Current Sensor Replacement (RPO LS4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Current Sensor Replacement (RPOs L26/L32)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (RPO LS4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (RPOs L26/L32)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (RPO LS4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (RPOs L26/L32)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement (RPO LS4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement (RPOs L26/L32)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement (RPO LS4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement (RPOs L26/L32)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (RPO LS4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (RPOs L26/L32)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Bracket Replacement (RPO LS4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Brace Replacement (L26)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Brace Replacement (L32)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (RPO LS4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (RPOs L26/L32)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation (L26/L32)
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Reserve Capacity (RC)
          • Cold Cranking Amperage (CCA)
          • Circuit Description
        • Battery Description and Operation (LS4)
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour (AH)
          • Reserve Capacity (RC)
          • Cold Cranking Amperage (CCA)
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management (EPM) Overview
          • Charging System Components
            • Generator
            • Body Control Module (BCM)
            • Battery Current Sensor
            • Engine Control Module (ECM) / Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
            • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
          • Charging System Operation
            • Notes
            • Charge Mode
            • Fuel Economy Mode
            • Voltage Reduction Mode
            • Start Up Mode
            • Windshield Deice Mode
            • Battery Sulfation Mode
          • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Operation
            • Charge Indicator Operation
            • Charging System Failure
            • Battery Voltage
            • Battery Saver Active
        • Electrical Power Management Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • Circuit Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Window Systems Connector End Views
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View, C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View, C2
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver C1
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver C2
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR
      • Vehicle Access Connector End Views
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Connector End View
        • Door Lock Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Door Lock Connector End View - LR
        • Door Lock Connector End View - RR
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
      • Mirror Connector End Views
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View
      • Cooling System Connector End Views
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right
      • Secondary/Configurable Control Connector End Views
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Left
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Right
      • Hydraulic Brake Connector End Views
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
      • Horn Connector End Views
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
      • Steering Assist Connector End Views
        • Magnasteer Actuator Connector End View
      • Wiper/Washer Connector End Views
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
      • Entertainment/Communication Connector End Views
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1 (U87)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2 (U87)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C3 (U87)
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View C1 (U2K)
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
        • Radio Connector End View - C1
        • Radio Connector End View - C2
        • Radio Connector End View - C3 (US4)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Center
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR (UW6)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR (U87)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR (UW6)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR (U87)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C1
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C2
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C3 (US4)
      • Sunroof Connector End Views
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
      • SIR Connector End Views
        • Front End Sensor Connector End Views
        • PPS Module Connector End Views
        • I/P Module Connector End View
        • Passenger Air Bag ON/OFF Indicator Connector End View
        • SDM Connector End View
        • Side Impact Sensor Connector End Views
        • Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End Views
        • Roof Rail Module Connector End Views
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End Views
      • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
        • Theft LED Connector End View
      • Seat Belt Connector End Views
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Right
      • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
        • Battery Current Sensor Connector End View
        • Generator Connector End View (L26/L32)
        • Generator Connector End View (LS4)
        • Hood Ajar Switch Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Internal Mode Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View
        • Engine Side to Transmission Side Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
        • TAP Shift Switch Connector End View - Right
        • TAP Shift Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View, Engine Side - 5.3L
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Engine Control Module Connector End Views
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C1
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C2
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C3
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Brake Booster Vacuum Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 7 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 8 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 6 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 7 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 8 Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View
        • Value Lifter Oil Manifold (VLOM) Assembly Connector End View
        • Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Connector End View (L32)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Sensor 1 Connector End View (NU6)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Sensor 1 Connector End View (w/o NU6)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Bank 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Bank 2 Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Control Solenoid Valve/Pressure Sensor Bank 2 Connector End View (NU6)
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Connector End View (NU6)
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay Connector End View (NU6)
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Valve Relay Connector End View (NU6)
        • Supercharger Boost Control Solenoid Connector End View (L32)
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C100 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness Connector End View (L26/L32)
        • C100 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness Connector End View (LS4)
        • C101 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (L26/L32 w/oJL4)
        • C101 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (L26/L32 w/JL4, LS4)
        • C102 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (LS4)
        • C104 I/P Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View
        • C105 Battery Cable Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C107 Engine Harness to Front Ignition Coil Harness Connector End View (LS4)
        • C108 Engine Harness to Rear Ignition Coil Harness Connector End View (LS4)
        • C110 Engine Harness to Ignition Control Module (ICM) Wiring Harness Connector End View
        • C111 Crankshaft Sensor Jumper Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View (LS4)
        • C120 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (L26/L32)
        • C120 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (LS4)
        • C125 Engine Harness to Knock Sensor Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C126 Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Jumper Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View
        • C141 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Front Headlamp Harness Connector End View
        • C142 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Front Headlamp Harness Connector End View
        • C143 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Front Turn Signal Harness Connector End View
        • C144 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Front Turn Signal Harness Connector End View
        • C200 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C201 Steering Column Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C208 (JL4) I/P Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C210 (C67) HVAC Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C210 (CJ2) HVAC Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C240 I/P Harness to Front Floor Console Harness Connector End View
        • C241 I/P Harness to Shifter Harness Connector End View
        • C250 I/P to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C301 Body Harness to Left Front Door Harness Connector End View
        • C302 I/P Harness to Right Front Door Harness Connector End View
        • C303 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View
        • C304 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View
        • C311 Body Harness to Left Front Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C313 Body Harness to Right Front Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C315 Right Front Seat Safety Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C316 Left Front Seat Safety Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C355 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C356 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C390 Roof Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C398 (CF5) Roof Harness to Sunroof Harness Connector End View
        • C400 Rear Deck Lid Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C401 Body Harness to Left Rear Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C402 Body Harness to Right Rear Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C403 Rear Applique Harness to Rear Deck Lid Harness Connector End View
        • C404 CHMSL Jumper Harness to Rear Deck Lid Harness Connector End View
        • C405 (1A-1D) Fuel Tank Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
      • Data Communication Connector End Views
        • BCM Connector End View C1
        • BCM Connector End View C2
        • BCM Connector End View C3
        • DLC Connector End View (L26/L32)
        • DLC Connector End View (LS4)
        • Splice Pack SP 205 Connector End View
      • Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View
      • HVAC Connector End Views
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View (L26/L32)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View (LS4)
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View (LS4)
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View (L26/L32)
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Inside
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Right
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View, C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View, C2
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View
      • Power Seat Connector End Views
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Lumbar Switch Connector End View - Driver (AL9)
        • Seat Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Driver (AL9)
      • Power Outlet Connector End Views
        • Accessory Power Outlet Connector End View - Front
        • Accessory Power Outlet Connector End View - Rear
      • Heated/Cooled Seat Connector End Views
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Back
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Cushion
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Front Passenger Back
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Front Passenger Cushion
        • Heated Seat Relay Connector End View - Driver
        • Heated Seat Relay Connector End View - Front Passenger
      • Displays and Gages Connector End Views
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Connector End View
        • Electronic Compass Module Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View (L26/L32)
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View (LS4)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Connector End View (UV6)
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Switch Connector End View (UV6)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
      • Immobilizer Connector End Views
        • Theft Deterrent Exciter Module Connector End View
      • Powertrain Control Module Connector End Views
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C1 (NU6)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C1 (w/o NU6)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C2 (NU6)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C2 (w/o NU6)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C3 (NU6)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C3 (w/o NU6)
      • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Front (TR9, CF5)
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - LF (L26/L32)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - LF (LS4)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - RF (L26/L32)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - RF (LS4)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Right
        • Headlamp Low Beam Connector End View - Left
        • Headlamp Low Beam Connector End View - Right
        • Interior Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • I/P Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • I/P Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Multifunction Turn Signal Lever Connector End View - C1
        • Multifunction Turn Signal Lever Connector End View - C2
        • Multifunction Turn Signal Lever Connector End View - C3
        • Multifunction Turn Signal Lever Connector End View - C4
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF (L26/L32)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF (LS4)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF (L26/L32)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF (LS4)
        • PRNDL Lamp Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Left (CF5)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Left (TR9)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Right (CF5)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Right (TR9)
      • Electrical Center Identification Connector End Views
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C1 (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C1 (LS4)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C2 (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C2 (LS4)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C3 (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C3 (LS4)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C4 (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C4 (LS4)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - I/P C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - I/P C2
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack SP 205 Connector End View
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View, C1
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View, C2
      • Remote Function Connector End Views
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View
      • Antilock Brake System Connector End Views
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Connector End View (L26/L32 w/JL4)
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Connector End View (LS4 w/JL4)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Connector End View C1 (EBCM)
        • Steering Angle Sensor Connector End View (JL4)
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
        • Yaw and Lateral Acceleration Sensor Connector End View (JL4)
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
        • 3.8L VIN 2
        • 3.8L VIN 4
        • 5.3L VIN C
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
        • 3.8L VIN 2
        • 3.8L VIN 4
        • 5.3L VIN C
      • Cruise Control
        • 3.8L VIN 2
        • 3.8L VIN 4
        • 5.3L VIN C
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Power Steering
      • Engine Performance
        • 3.8L VIN 2
        • 3.8L VIN 4
        • 5.3L VIN C
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
        • 3.8L VIN 2
        • 3.8L VIN 4
        • 5.3L VIN C
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Navigation
      • Power Distribution
        • 3.8L VIN 2
        • 3.8L VIN 4
        • 5.3L VIN C
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
        • 3.8L VIN 2
        • 3.8L VIN 4
        • 5.3L VIN C
      • Starting/Charging
        • 3.8L VIN 2
        • 3.8L VIN 4
        • 5.3L VIN C
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 3.8L VIN 2
        • 3.8L VIN 4
        • 5.3L VIN C
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
        • 3.8L VIN 2
        • 3.8L VIN 4
        • 5.3L VIN C
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems & Power Management - Component Locator And Power, Ground And Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Switch, C1
        • Ignition Switch, C2
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block - Underhood - Label (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood - Label (LS4)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood - Top View (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood - Top View (LS4)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood - Bottom View (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood - Bottom View (LS4)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1 (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1 (LS4)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C2 (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C2 (LS4)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C3 (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C3 (LS4)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C4 (L26/L32)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C4 (LS4)
        • Fuse Block - I/P - Label
        • Fuse Block - I/P Top View
        • Fuse Block - I/P Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - I/P C1
        • Fuse Block - I/P C2
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack SP 205
    • Wiring Systems & Power Management - Diagnostic Starting Point And In-Line Harness Connector End Views
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C100 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness (L26/L32)
        • C100 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness (LS4)
        • C101 Engine Harness to I/P Harness (L26/L32 w/oJL4)
        • C101 Engine Harness to I/P Harness (L26/L32 w/JL4, LS4)
        • C102 Engine Harness to I/P Harness (LS4)
        • C104 I/P Harness to Engine Harness
        • C105 Battery Cable Harness to I/P Harness
        • C107 Engine Harness to Front Ignition Coil Harness (LS4)
        • C108 Engine Harness to Rear Ignition Coil Harness (LS4)
        • C110 Engine Harness to Ignition Control Module (ICM) Wiring Harness
        • C111 Crankshaft Sensor Jumper Harness to Engine Harness (LS4)
        • C120 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness (L26/L32)
        • C120 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness (LS4)
        • C125 Engine Harness to Knock Sensor Jumper Harness
        • C126 Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Jumper Harness to Engine Harness
        • C141 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Front Headlamp Harness
        • C142 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Front Headlamp Harness
        • C143 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Front Turn Signal Harness
        • C144 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Front Turn Signal Harness
        • C200 Body Harness to I/P Harness
        • C201 Steering Column Harness to I/P Harness
        • C208 (JL4) I/P Harness to Body Harness
        • C210 (C67) HVAC Harness to I/P Harness
        • C210 (CJ2) HVAC Harness to I/P Harness
        • C240 I/P Harness to Front Floor Console Harness
        • C241 I/P Harness to Shifter Harness
        • C250 I/P to Body Harness
        • C301 Body Harness to Left Front Door Harness
        • C302 I/P Harness to Right Front Door Harness
        • C303 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Harness
        • C304 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Harness
        • C311 Body Harness to Left Front Seat Harness
        • C313 Body Harness to Right Front Seat Harness
        • C315 Right Front Seat Safety Harness to Body Harness
        • C316 Left Front Seat Safety Harness to Body Harness
        • C355 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness
        • C356 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness
        • C390 Roof Harness to Body Harness
        • C398 (CF5) Roof Harness to Sunroof Harness
        • C400 Rear Deck Lid Harness to Body Harness
        • C401 Body Harness to Left Rear Lamp Harness
        • C402 Body Harness to Right Rear Lamp Harness
        • C403 Rear Applique Harness to Rear Deck Lid Harness
        • C404 CHMSL Jumper Harness to Rear Deck Lid Harness
        • C405 (1A-1D) Fuel Tank Harness to Body Harness
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wiring Systems and Power Management
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
• Engine Mechanical
  • Cooling System (Mechanical)
    • Engine Cooling System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Engine Cooling Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cooling System Component Views
        • Cooling System Connector End Views
          • Cooling Fan - Left
          • Cooling Fan - Right
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Cooling
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • DTC P0480 or P0481
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1258
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Engine Cooling
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator Always On
        • Cooling Fan Always On
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • Cooling Fan Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • Engine Overheating
        • Loss of Coolant
        • Thermostat Diagnosis (Overheating)
        • Thermostat Diagnosis (Slow to Heat)
        • Coolant Heater Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Engine Fails To Reach Normal Operating Temperature
        • Pressure Cap Testing
        • Coolant Leak Testing
      • Repair Instructions
        • Draining and Filling Cooling System (L26, L32 GE 47716 Fill)
          • Notes
          • Draining Procedure
          • Vac-N-Fill Procedure
        • Draining and Filling Cooling System (L26, L32 Static Fill)
          • Tools Required
          • Draining Procedure
          • Filling Procedure
        • Draining and Filling Cooling System (LS4 GE 47716 Fill)
          • Notes
          • Draining Procedure
          • Vac-N-Fill Procedure
        • Draining and Filling Cooling System (LS4 Static Fill)
          • Draining Procedure
          • Filling Procedure
        • Flushing
        • Radiator Cleaning
        • Coolant Recovery Reservoir Replacement (LS4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Recovery Reservoir Replacement (L26, L32)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Inlet Hose Replacement (LS4)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Inlet Hose Replacement (L26, L32)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Outlet Hose Replacement (LS4)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Outlet Hose Replacement (L26, L32)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cooling Fan Motor Replacement - Electric (LS4)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cooling Fan Motor Replacement - Electric (L26, L32)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Thermostat Housing Replacement (LS4)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Thermostat Housing Replacement (L26/L32)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Replacement (LS4)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Replacement (L26/L32)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Air Bleed Pipe Assembly Replacement (LS4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Air Bleed Hose Replacement (LS4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement (LS4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement (L26/L32)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Pump Manifold Replacement (LS4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Drain Cock Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fan Shroud Replacement (LS4)
        • Fan Shroud Replacement (L26, L32)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement (LS4)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement (L26, L32)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Air Lower Baffle and Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Air Upper Baffle and Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement (LS4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement (L26/L32)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Cord Replacement (L26/L32)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Cord Replacement (LS4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Cooling Fan Description and Operation
          • Cooling Fan Control - Two Fan System
          • Reference Information
        • Cooling System Description and Operation
          • Engine Coolant Indicators
          • Coolant Level Control
          • Coolant Heater
          • Cooling System
          • Cooling Cycle
          • Coolant
          • Radiator
          • Pressure Cap
          • Coolant Recovery System
          • Air Baffles and Seals
          • Water Pump
          • Thermostat
          • Engine Oil Cooler
          • Transmission Oil Cooler - Internal
          • Transmission Oil Cooler - External
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Engine Exhaust System
    • Specificationstools
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Exhaust
      • Symptoms - Engine Exhaust
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Restricted Exhaust
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Exhaust Leakage
      • Exhaust Noise
    • Repair Instructions
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Left Side (RPO LS4)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Left Side (RPOs L26/L32)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Right Side (RPO LS4)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Right Side (RPOs L26/L32)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Crossover Pipe Replacement (RPO LS4)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Crossover Pipe Replacement (RPOs L26/L32)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Seal Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement (RPO LS4)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement (RPOs L26/L32)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust System Insulator, Hanger, Bracket Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Hanger Mounting Bracket Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Muffler Replacement (Dual Outlet)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Muffler Replacement (Single Outlet)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Tail Pipe Replacement (With RPO Z03)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Tail Pipe Replacement (Without RPO Z03)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Converter Hanger Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Exhaust System Description
        • Notes
        • Resonator
        • Catalytic Converter
        • Muffler
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Lubrication System
    • Maintenance & Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule (North American Emissions)
        • GM Oil Life System Resetting
  • Engine Mechanical - 3.8L
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Engine Mechanical Specifications
      • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
    • Component Locator
      • Disassembled Views
      • Engine Identification
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Mechanical
      • Symptoms - Engine Mechanical
        • Strategy Based Diagnostics
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Base Engine Misfire without Internal Engine Noises
      • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Internal Lower Engine Noises
      • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Valve Train Noise
      • Base Engine Misfire with Coolant Consumption
      • Base Engine Misfire with Excessive Oil Consumption
      • Engine Noise on Start-Up, but Only Lasting a Few Seconds
      • Upper Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
      • Lower Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
      • Engine Noise Under Load
      • Engine Will Not Crank - Crankshaft Will Not Rotate
      • Coolant in Combustion Chamber
      • Coolant in Engine Oil
      • Engine Compression Test
      • Cylinder Leakage Test
      • Oil Consumption Diagnosis
      • Oil Pressure Diagnosis and Testing
        • Low or No Oil Pressure
        • Oil Pressure Testing
      • Oil Leak Diagnosis
      • Crankcase Ventilation System Inspection/Diagnosis
      • Drive Belt Chirping, Squeal, and Whine Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Rumbling and Vibration Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Falls Off and Excessive Wear Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Tensioner Diagnosis
    • Repair Instructions
      • On-Vehicle Repair Instructions
        • Fuel Injector Sight Shield Replacement (L26)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Sight Shield Replacement (L32)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Replacement (L26)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Replacement (L32)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Replacement - Supercharger
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Idler Pulley Replacement - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Idler Pulley Replacement - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Idler Pulley Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Support Fixture
        • Engine Mount Inspection
        • Engine Mount Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Bracket Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Strut Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Strut Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Strut Bracket Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Strut Bracket Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Strut Bracket Replacement - Upper Radiator Support
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation Valve Replacement (L26)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation Valve Replacement (L32)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Supercharger Oil Level Inspection
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Supercharger Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Upper Intake Manifold Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Intake Manifold Replacement (L26)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Intake Manifold Replacement (L32)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rod Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Stem Oil Seal and Valve Spring Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Lifter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Balancer Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Front Cover Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump Cover and Gear Set Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Filter Adapter and Bypass Valve Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Replacement - Left Side
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Replacement - Right Side
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pan Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Pressure Sensor and/or Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Level Sensor and/or Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump Suction Pipe and Screen Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Connecting Rod Bearing Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Flywheel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal and Housing Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil and Oil Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rotating the Engine for Service Access
      • Off-Vehicle Repair Instructions
        • Draining Fluids and Oil Filter Removal
        • Crankshaft Balancer Removal
        • Engine Flywheel Removal
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Removal - Supercharger
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Removal
        • Drive Belt Idler Pulley Removal
        • Drive Belt Idler Pulley Bracket Removal
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Removal
        • Water Outlet and Thermostat Removal (L26)
        • Water Outlet and Thermostat Removal (L32)
        • Water Pump Removal
        • Supercharger Removal
        • Upper Intake Manifold Removal
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve and Pipe Removal
        • Lower Intake Manifold Removal (L26)
        • Lower Intake Manifold Removal (L32)
        • Exhaust Manifold Removal - Left Side
        • Exhaust Manifold Removal - Right Side (Without Secondary Air Injection - SAI)
        • Exhaust Manifold Removal - Right Side (With Secondary Air Injection - SAI)
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Removal - Left Side
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Removal - Right Side
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rod Removal
        • Cylinder Head Removal - Left Side
        • Cylinder Head Removal - Right Side
        • Valve Lifter Removal
        • Oil Pan Removal
        • Oil Pump Pipe and Screen Assembly Removal
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Removal
        • Engine Front Cover Removal
        • Oil Filter Adapter Removal
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Removal (L26)
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Removal (L32)
        • Balance Shaft Removal
        • Camshaft Removal
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal and Housing Removal (Second Design)
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Removal
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Removal
        • Engine Block Plug Removal
        • Camshaft Bearing Removal
        • Balance Shaft Bearing and/or Bushing Removal
        • Engine Block Cleaning and Inspection
        • Cylinder Boring and Honing
          • Boring Procedure
          • Honing Procedure
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
          • Notes
          • Cleaning and Inspection
            • Notes
            • Bearing Selection
        • Crankshaft Balancer Cleaning and Inspection
        • Engine Flywheel Cleaning and Inspection
        • Piston and Connecting Rod Disassemble
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
        • Piston and Connecting Rod Assemble
        • Camshaft and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Cleaning and Inspection (L26)
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Cleaning and Inspection (L32)
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rods Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Lifters and Guides Cleaning and Inspection
        • Cylinder Head Disassemble
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Guide Reaming/Valve and Seat Grinding
        • Cylinder Head Assemble
        • Oil Pump Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Cleaning and Inspection
        • Engine Front Cover Cleaning and Inspection
        • Oil Pump Assemble
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Cleaning and Inspection
        • Oil Pan Cleaning and Inspection
        • Supercharger Cleaning and Inspection
        • Upper Intake Manifold Cleaning and Inspection
        • Lower Intake Manifold Cleaning and Inspection (L26)
        • Exhaust Manifold Cleaning and Inspection
        • Water Pump Cleaning and Inspection
        • Balance Shaft Cleaning and Inspection
        • Thread Repair
        • Service Prior to Assembly
        • Balance Shaft Bearing and/or Bushing Installation
        • Camshaft Bearing Installation
        • Engine Block Plug Installation
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Installation
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Installation
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal and Housing Installation (Second Design)
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Balance Shaft Installation
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Installation (L26)
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Installation (L32)
        • Engine Front Cover Installation
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Installation
        • Oil Filter Adapter Installation
        • Oil Pump Pipe and Screen Assembly Installation
        • Oil Pan Installation
        • Valve Lifter Installation
        • Cylinder Head Installation - Right Side
        • Cylinder Head Installation - Left Side
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rod Installation
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Installation - Right Side
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Installation - Left Side
        • Exhaust Manifold Installation - Right Side (Without A.I.R.)
        • Exhaust Manifold Installation - Right Side (With A.I.R.)
        • Exhaust Manifold Installation - Left Side
        • Lower Intake Manifold Installation (L26)
        • Lower Intake Manifold Installation (L32)
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve and Pipe Installation
        • Upper Intake Manifold Installation
        • Supercharger Installation
        • Water Pump Installation
        • Water Outlet and Thermostat Installation (L26)
        • Water Outlet and Thermostat Installation (L32)
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Installation
        • Drive Belt Idler Pulley Bracket Installation
        • Drive Belt Idler Pulley Installation
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Installation
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Installation - Supercharger
        • Engine Flywheel Installation
        • Crankshaft Balancer Installation
        • Engine Prelubing
    • Description and Operation
      • Crankcase Ventilation System Description
        • Inspection/Description
      • Drive Belt System Description
      • Engine Component Description
        • Engine Construction
      • Supercharger Description and Operation
        • Description
        • Operation
      • New Product Information
        • Notes
        • Component Comparison
        • Fastener Changes
        • Torque Values and/or Fastener Tightening Strategies
        • Changed Engine Specifications
        • New Sealants and/or Adhesives
        • Disassembly and Assembly Procedure Revisions
        • Engine Mechanical Diagnostic Procedure Revisions
        • New Special Tools Required
      • Lubrication Description
      • Cleanliness and Care
      • Separating Parts
      • Replacing Engine Gaskets
      • Use of Room Temperature Vulcanizing (RTV) and Anaerobic Sealer
        • Notes
        • Applying RTV Sealer
        • Applying Anaerobic Sealer
      • Tools and Equipment
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Starter
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
          • Battery Current Sensor
          • Generator (L26/L32)
          • Generator (LS4)
          • Hood Ajar Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1327
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1328
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1516
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0560
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0562
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0563
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0615
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0621
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0622
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging (L26/L32)
          • AGM Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Charging (LS4)
          • Tools Required
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Load Test
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click (L26, L32)
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click (LS4)
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection (RPO LS4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection (RPOs L26/L32)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Current Sensor Replacement (RPO LS4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Current Sensor Replacement (RPOs L26/L32)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (RPO LS4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (RPOs L26/L32)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (RPO LS4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (RPOs L26/L32)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement (RPO LS4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement (RPOs L26/L32)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement (RPO LS4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement (RPOs L26/L32)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (RPO LS4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (RPOs L26/L32)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Bracket Replacement (RPO LS4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Brace Replacement (L26)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Brace Replacement (L32)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (RPO LS4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (RPOs L26/L32)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation (L26/L32)
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Reserve Capacity (RC)
          • Cold Cranking Amperage (CCA)
          • Circuit Description
        • Battery Description and Operation (LS4)
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour (AH)
          • Reserve Capacity (RC)
          • Cold Cranking Amperage (CCA)
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management (EPM) Overview
          • Charging System Components
            • Generator
            • Body Control Module (BCM)
            • Battery Current Sensor
            • Engine Control Module (ECM) / Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
            • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
          • Charging System Operation
            • Notes
            • Charge Mode
            • Fuel Economy Mode
            • Voltage Reduction Mode
            • Start Up Mode
            • Windshield Deice Mode
            • Battery Sulfation Mode
          • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Operation
            • Charge Indicator Operation
            • Charging System Failure
            • Battery Voltage
            • Battery Saver Active
        • Electrical Power Management Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • Circuit Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Engine Performance
  • Emissions
    • EGR Function Testing - General Motors Cars
      • EGR Function Testing - General Motors Cars
        • Test 1
          • Ported EGR Valve
        • Test 2
          • Negative Backpressure EGR Valve
        • Test 3
          • Positive Backpressure EGR Valve
        • Test 4
          • 1983-84 Pulse-Width Modulated EGR Valve
        • Test 5
          • 1985 Pulse-Width Modulated EGR Valve
        • Test 6
          • 1986 Pulse-Width Modulated EGR Valve
        • Test 7
          • 1987 Pulse-Width Modulated EGR Valve
        • Test 8
          • 1988 Pulse-Width Modulated EGR Valve
        • Test 9
          • Notes
          • 1988-1992 3.1L, 3.4L & 3.8L (Digital EGR Valve)
        • Test 10
          • 1990-91 - 2.3L "W" Body VIN D (Digital EGR Valve)
        • Test 11
          • 1988 2.8L "W" Body (Integrated Electronic EGR Valve)
        • Test 12
          • Integrated Electronic EGR Valve
        • Test 13
          • 4.5L
          • 4.6L
        • Test 14
          • 3.1L, 3.4L & 3.8L (Digital EGR Valve)
        • Test 15
          • Linear EGR Valve
        • Test 16
          • Metro
        • Test 17
    • Emission Applications
      • Emission Applications
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
  • Ignition System
    • Preliminary Service Specifications
      • Brakes
      • Wheel Alignment
      • A/C System
      • Spark Plugs
  • Mode 6 - PONTIAC
    • Introduction
    • Class 2
    • GMLAN (Can) Except 2.0L (LNF) & 3.6L
    • 2007 Solstice 2.0L (LNF)
    • 2008 G8 (3.6L)
    • 2008 Solstice 2.0L (LNF)
    • 2008 Torrent (3.6L)
  • Specifications
    • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
      • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
        • Notes
        • 3 Cylinder Engine
          • Metro 1.0L
          • Buick, Chevrolet 1.2L, 1.3L
        • 4 Cylinder Engine
        • 5 Cylinder Engine
        • In-Line 6 Engine
        • V6 Engine
          • 3.5L VIN 4 V6 Engine
          • 3.8L & 4.3L V6 Engines
          • All Other V6 Engines Except 3.5L (VIN 4), 3.8L & 4.3L
        • 8 Cylinder Engine
          • 4.0L, 4.4L & 4.6L V8 Engines
          • 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & VIN K) & 7.4L V8 Engines
          • 6.6L Diesel V8 Engine
          • All Other V8 Engines Except 4.0L, 4.4L, 4.6L, 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & K), 7.4L & 6.6L
  • System
    • Engine Controls & Fuel - 3.8L - Introduction (1 Of 2)
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
    • Engine Controls & Fuel - 3.8L - Introduction (2 Of 2)
      • Specifications
        • Temperature Versus Resistance
        • Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure
        • Ignition System Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Emission Hose Routing Diagram (L26, NU3)
        • Emission Hose Routing Diagram (L26/L32)
        • Evaporative Emissions Hose Routing Diagram
        • Engine Controls Schematic Icons
        • Engine Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Controls Component Views
        • Powertrain Control Module Connector End Views
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) C1 (NU6)
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) C1 (w/o NU6)
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) C2 (NU6)
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) C2 (w/o NU6)
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) C3 (NU6)
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) C3 (w/o NU6)
        • Engine Controls Connector End Views
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor (L32)
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid
          • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid
          • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve
          • Fuel Injector 1
          • Fuel Injector 2
          • Fuel Injector 3
          • Fuel Injector 4
          • Fuel Injector 5
          • Fuel Injector 6
          • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Sensor 1 (NU6)
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Sensor 1 (w/o NU6)
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Sensor 2
          • Ignition Control Module (ICM)
          • Knock Sensor (KS) Bank 1
          • Knock Sensor (KS) Bank 2
          • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor
          • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Control Solenoid Valve/Pressure Sensor Bank 2 (NU6)
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump (NU6)
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay (NU6)
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Valve Relay (NU6)
          • Supercharger Boost Control Solenoid (L32)
          • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Powertrain Control Module Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position System Variation Learn
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mass Airflow Sensor/Intake Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Replacement (L26)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Replacement (L32)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Barometric Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement (L26)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement (L32)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Cleaning
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Relief
        • Fuel Pressure Gage Installation and Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
        • Metal Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Plastic Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Draining
        • Fuel Tank Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Strainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Sender Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Replacement - Filter to Engine
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Filter to Tank
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement (L26)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement (L32)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning (L26 Only)
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Chassis/Canister
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Engine/Chassis
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Coil Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Wire Inspection
        • Spark Plug Wire Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor 1 Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor 2 Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection Shut-Off Valve Outlet Pipe/Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection Shut-Off Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation Inlet Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation Outlet Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Cleaning
        • Boost Control Solenoid Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bypass Valve Actuator Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Inlet Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Powertrain Control Module Description
          • Notes
          • PCM Function
          • EEPROM
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Operation
          • PCM Service Precautions
          • Emissions Diagnosis For State I/M Programs
          • Aftermarket (Add-On) Electrical And Vacuum Equipment
          • Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Damage
          • Emissions Control Information Label
          • Underhood Inspection
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Throttle Body Assembly
          • Throttle Actuator Control Module
          • Powertrain Control Module
          • Modes of Operation
            • Normal Mode
            • Reduced Engine Power Mode
        • Fuel System Description
          • Fuel System Overview
          • Fuel Tank
          • Fuel Fill Pipe
          • Fuel Filler Cap
          • Fuel Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Strainer
          • Fuel Feed Pipe
          • Nylon Fuel Pipe
          • Quick-Connect Fittings
          • Fuel Pipe O-Rings
          • Fuel Rail Assembly
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator Assembly
          • Fuel Metering Modes of Operation
          • Starting Mode
          • Clear Flood Mode
          • Run Mode
          • Acceleration Mode
          • Deceleration Mode
          • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
          • Fuel Cutoff Mode
          • Fuel Trim
        • Evaporative Emission Control System Description
          • EVAP System Operation
          • Large Leak Test
          • Small Leak Test
          • Canister Vent Restriction Test
          • EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve Leak Test
          • Check Gas Cap Message
          • EVAP System Components
            • Notes
            • EVAP Canister
            • EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Valve
            • EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid Valve
            • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
            • EVAP Service Port
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Description
          • Notes
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensors
          • Crankshaft Balance Interrupter Ring
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
          • Knock Sensor (KS)
          • Ignition Control Module (ICM) and Ignition Coils
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • Modes of Operation
        • Secondary Air Injection System Description
          • Notes
          • Results of Incorrect Operation
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Description
          • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System
          • Linear Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve
          • Linear Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Control
          • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Diagnostics
        • Boost Control System Description
          • Boost Control System Operation
          • Operation
          • Results of Incorrect Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Controls & Fuel - 3.8L - Diagnosis & Troubleshooting
      • Symptoms - Engine Controls
        • Important Preliminary Inspections Before Starting
        • Identifying Intermittent Conditions
        • Visual/Physical Check
        • Symptoms
      • Symptoms - Fuel System
      • Symptoms - Ignition System
      • Symptoms - Sensors/Systems
      • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Engine Cranks but Does Not Run
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Fuel System Diagnosis
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Fuel Injector Solenoid Coil Test
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Special Tool
        • Notes
        • System Description
          • Notes
          • Test Description
      • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Tech 2
        • Circuit Description
          • Notes
          • Test Description
      • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis (With Special Tool)
        • Test Description
        • Test Procedure
      • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Boost Control System Diagnosis
        • Notes
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Diagnosis
        • Circuit Description
      • Crankshaft Position Sensor System Diagnosis
        • Circuit Description
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Description
        • Conditions for Updating the I/M System Status
        • Monitored Emission Control Systems
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Description
        • Conditions for Meeting a Cold Start
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Set Procedure
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table
      • Service Bay Test
        • Description
        • Conditions for Running the Test
        • Test Procedure
    • Engine Controls & Fuel - 3.8L - DTC P0016 To P0340
      • DTC P0016
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0030, P0036, P0053, P0054, P0135, or P0141
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0033
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
          • DTC P0033
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0068
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0069
        • DTC Descriptor (L32 ONLY)
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0101
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0102 or P0103
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0102
          • P0103
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0106
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
          • Notes
          • L26
          • L32
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0107 or P0108
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
          • Notes
          • L26
          • L32
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0112, P0113, P1111, or P1112
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0112
          • P0113
          • P1111
          • P1112
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0116, P0125, or P0128
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
          • P0116
          • P0125 - L32 only
          • P0128
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0116
          • P0125 - L32 only
          • P0128
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0117, P0118, P1114, or P1115
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0117
          • P0118
          • P1114
          • P1115
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0120
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0133, P0134, P0140, P1133, P1134, P2A00, or P2A01
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0131, P0132, P0137, or P0138
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0171 or P0172
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing For DTC P0171
        • Circuit/System Testing For DTC P0172
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, or P0206
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0220
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0230
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0300-P0306
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0315
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0325, P0326, P0327, or P0332
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0325
          • P0327 or P0332
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0335
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0336
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0340
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
    • Engine Controls & Fuel - 3.8L - DTC P0341 To P0507
      • DTC P0341
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0350
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0385
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0386
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0401
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0403
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0404
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0405
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0406
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0411
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0412 or P0418
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0420
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P042E
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0442
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0443
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0446
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0449
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0451
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0452
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0453
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0454
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0455
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions For Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0496
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0506
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0507
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
    • Engine Controls & Fuel - 3.8L - DTC P0601 To U0107
      • DTC P0601, P0602, P0603, P0604, P0605, P0606, P0607, P1600, P1621, P1627, P1680, P1681, P1683, or P2610
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0601
          • P0602
          • P0604
          • P0606
          • P2610
        • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing for DTC P0601, P0602, P0604, P0606, and P2610
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0641 or P0651
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
          • P0641
          • P0651
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0650
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0685
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P1125
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1350
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1400
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
      • DTC P1516
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1640, P1650, or P1660
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2101
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P2107
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P2108
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P2119
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P2120
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P2125
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P2135
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P2138
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P2227
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2228 or P2229
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P2228
          • P2229
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2430, P2431, P2432, or P2433
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P2440
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P2444
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC U0107
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
  • Testing & Diagnosis
    • Engine Controls & Fuel - 3.8L - Introduction (1 Of 2)
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
    • Engine Controls & Fuel - 3.8L - Introduction (2 Of 2)
      • Specifications
        • Temperature Versus Resistance
        • Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure
        • Ignition System Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Emission Hose Routing Diagram (L26, NU3)
        • Emission Hose Routing Diagram (L26/L32)
        • Evaporative Emissions Hose Routing Diagram
        • Engine Controls Schematic Icons
        • Engine Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Controls Component Views
        • Powertrain Control Module Connector End Views
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) C1 (NU6)
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) C1 (w/o NU6)
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) C2 (NU6)
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) C2 (w/o NU6)
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) C3 (NU6)
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) C3 (w/o NU6)
        • Engine Controls Connector End Views
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor (L32)
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid
          • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid
          • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve
          • Fuel Injector 1
          • Fuel Injector 2
          • Fuel Injector 3
          • Fuel Injector 4
          • Fuel Injector 5
          • Fuel Injector 6
          • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Sensor 1 (NU6)
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Sensor 1 (w/o NU6)
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Sensor 2
          • Ignition Control Module (ICM)
          • Knock Sensor (KS) Bank 1
          • Knock Sensor (KS) Bank 2
          • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor
          • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Control Solenoid Valve/Pressure Sensor Bank 2 (NU6)
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump (NU6)
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay (NU6)
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Valve Relay (NU6)
          • Supercharger Boost Control Solenoid (L32)
          • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Powertrain Control Module Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position System Variation Learn
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mass Airflow Sensor/Intake Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Replacement (L26)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Replacement (L32)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Barometric Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement (L26)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement (L32)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Cleaning
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Relief
        • Fuel Pressure Gage Installation and Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
        • Metal Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Plastic Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Draining
        • Fuel Tank Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Strainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Sender Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Replacement - Filter to Engine
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Filter to Tank
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement (L26)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement (L32)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning (L26 Only)
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Chassis/Canister
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Engine/Chassis
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Coil Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Wire Inspection
        • Spark Plug Wire Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor 1 Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor 2 Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection Shut-Off Valve Outlet Pipe/Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection Shut-Off Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation Inlet Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation Outlet Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Cleaning
        • Boost Control Solenoid Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bypass Valve Actuator Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Inlet Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Powertrain Control Module Description
          • Notes
          • PCM Function
          • EEPROM
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Operation
          • PCM Service Precautions
          • Emissions Diagnosis For State I/M Programs
          • Aftermarket (Add-On) Electrical And Vacuum Equipment
          • Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Damage
          • Emissions Control Information Label
          • Underhood Inspection
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Throttle Body Assembly
          • Throttle Actuator Control Module
          • Powertrain Control Module
          • Modes of Operation
            • Normal Mode
            • Reduced Engine Power Mode
        • Fuel System Description
          • Fuel System Overview
          • Fuel Tank
          • Fuel Fill Pipe
          • Fuel Filler Cap
          • Fuel Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Strainer
          • Fuel Feed Pipe
          • Nylon Fuel Pipe
          • Quick-Connect Fittings
          • Fuel Pipe O-Rings
          • Fuel Rail Assembly
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator Assembly
          • Fuel Metering Modes of Operation
          • Starting Mode
          • Clear Flood Mode
          • Run Mode
          • Acceleration Mode
          • Deceleration Mode
          • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
          • Fuel Cutoff Mode
          • Fuel Trim
        • Evaporative Emission Control System Description
          • EVAP System Operation
          • Large Leak Test
          • Small Leak Test
          • Canister Vent Restriction Test
          • EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve Leak Test
          • Check Gas Cap Message
          • EVAP System Components
            • Notes
            • EVAP Canister
            • EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Valve
            • EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid Valve
            • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
            • EVAP Service Port
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Description
          • Notes
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensors
          • Crankshaft Balance Interrupter Ring
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
          • Knock Sensor (KS)
          • Ignition Control Module (ICM) and Ignition Coils
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • Modes of Operation
        • Secondary Air Injection System Description
          • Notes
          • Results of Incorrect Operation
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Description
          • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System
          • Linear Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve
          • Linear Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Control
          • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Diagnostics
        • Boost Control System Description
          • Boost Control System Operation
          • Operation
          • Results of Incorrect Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Controls & Fuel - 3.8L - Diagnosis & Troubleshooting
      • Symptoms - Engine Controls
        • Important Preliminary Inspections Before Starting
        • Identifying Intermittent Conditions
        • Visual/Physical Check
        • Symptoms
      • Symptoms - Fuel System
      • Symptoms - Ignition System
      • Symptoms - Sensors/Systems
      • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Engine Cranks but Does Not Run
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Fuel System Diagnosis
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Fuel Injector Solenoid Coil Test
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Special Tool
        • Notes
        • System Description
          • Notes
          • Test Description
      • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Tech 2
        • Circuit Description
          • Notes
          • Test Description
      • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis (With Special Tool)
        • Test Description
        • Test Procedure
      • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Boost Control System Diagnosis
        • Notes
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Diagnosis
        • Circuit Description
      • Crankshaft Position Sensor System Diagnosis
        • Circuit Description
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Description
        • Conditions for Updating the I/M System Status
        • Monitored Emission Control Systems
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Description
        • Conditions for Meeting a Cold Start
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Set Procedure
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table
      • Service Bay Test
        • Description
        • Conditions for Running the Test
        • Test Procedure
    • Engine Controls & Fuel - 3.8L - DTC P0016 To P0340
      • DTC P0016
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0030, P0036, P0053, P0054, P0135, or P0141
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0033
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
          • DTC P0033
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0068
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0069
        • DTC Descriptor (L32 ONLY)
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0101
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0102 or P0103
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0102
          • P0103
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0106
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
          • Notes
          • L26
          • L32
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0107 or P0108
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
          • Notes
          • L26
          • L32
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0112, P0113, P1111, or P1112
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0112
          • P0113
          • P1111
          • P1112
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0116, P0125, or P0128
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
          • P0116
          • P0125 - L32 only
          • P0128
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0116
          • P0125 - L32 only
          • P0128
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0117, P0118, P1114, or P1115
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0117
          • P0118
          • P1114
          • P1115
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0120
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0133, P0134, P0140, P1133, P1134, P2A00, or P2A01
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0131, P0132, P0137, or P0138
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0171 or P0172
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing For DTC P0171
        • Circuit/System Testing For DTC P0172
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, or P0206
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0220
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0230
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0300-P0306
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0315
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0325, P0326, P0327, or P0332
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0325
          • P0327 or P0332
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0335
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0336
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0340
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
    • Engine Controls & Fuel - 3.8L - DTC P0341 To P0507
      • DTC P0341
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0350
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0385
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0386
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0401
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0403
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0404
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0405
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0406
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0411
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0412 or P0418
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0420
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P042E
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0442
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0443
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0446
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0449
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0451
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0452
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0453
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0454
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0455
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions For Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0496
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0506
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0507
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
    • Engine Controls & Fuel - 3.8L - DTC P0601 To U0107
      • DTC P0601, P0602, P0603, P0604, P0605, P0606, P0607, P1600, P1621, P1627, P1680, P1681, P1683, or P2610
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0601
          • P0602
          • P0604
          • P0606
          • P2610
        • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing for DTC P0601, P0602, P0604, P0606, and P2610
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0641 or P0651
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
          • P0641
          • P0651
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0650
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0685
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P1125
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1350
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1400
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
      • DTC P1516
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1640, P1650, or P1660
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2101
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P2107
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P2108
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P2119
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P2120
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P2125
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P2135
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P2138
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P2227
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2228 or P2229
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P2228
          • P2229
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2430, P2431, P2432, or P2433
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P2440
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P2444
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC U0107
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
  • Tune-Up
    • Preliminary Service Specifications
      • Brakes
      • Wheel Alignment
      • A/C System
      • Spark Plugs
• General Information
  • Abbreviations
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
  • Basic Trouble Shooting
    • Basic Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Accessories & Electrical
        • Charging System Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
      • Air Conditioning & Heat
        • Air Conditioning Trouble Shooting
        • Heater System Trouble Shooting
      • Brakes
        • Brake System Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Mechanical
        • Cooling System Trouble Shooting
        • Gasoline Engine - Mechanical Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Performance
        • Carburetor Trouble Shooting:
        • Diesel Engine Trouble Shooting
        • Fuel Injection Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
        • Tune-Up Trouble Shooting - Gas Engine Vehicles
        • Vacuum Pump - Diesel Trouble Shooting
      • Manual Transmission
        • Manual Transmission Trouble Shooting
      • Powertrain
        • Clutch Trouble Shooting
        • Drive Axle - Noise Diagnosis
          • Unrelated Noises
          • Non-Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Chuckle
          • Knock
          • Clunk
          • Bearing Whine
          • Bearing Rumble
          • Chatter On Turns
          • Axle Shaft Noise
          • Vibration
        • Drive Axle - RWD Trouble Shooting
        • Fwd Axle Shafts & CV Joints Trouble Shooting
      • Steering & Suspension
        • Manual Steering Gear Trouble Shooting
        • Power Steering Trouble Shooting
        • Steering Column Trouble Shooting
        • Suspension Trouble Shooting
        • Wheel Alignment Trouble Shooting
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Engine Performance - Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Engine Performance
  • Brakes
    • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions
    • Map - Brake Systems
      • Brake Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accelerometers
        • Accumulators
        • Anchor Pins
        • Anti-Lock Brake Control Assembly(Module)
        • Anti-Lock Brake Controller
        • Anti-Lock Brake Systems
        • Axle Seal
        • Backing Plates
        • Bleeder Screw
        • Brake Abs Active Light (Blue)
        • Brake Fluid
        • Brake Friction Material
        • Brake On - Off Switch
        • Brake Pads
        • Brake Pedals
        • Brake Shoe Hardware
        • Brake Shoes
        • Brake Stoplight Switches
        • Brake Warning Light (Amber)
        • Brake Warning Light (Red)
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs And LEDS
        • Caliper Hardware
        • Caliper Mounting Pin
        • Caliper Piston
        • Caliper Shim
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt) Dust Boot
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt)
        • Calipers
        • Combination Valve
        • Controllers
        • Digital Ratio Axle Controllers And Buffers (Drab And Dram)
        • Disable Switches
        • Drums
        • Electrical Brake Pumps
        • Electrical Park Motor
        • Electrical Pumps And Motors
        • Electro-Magnetic Interference
        • Electronic Brake Control Modulator
        • Electronic Brake Distribution
        • Electronic Brake Traction Control Module
        • Electronic Controllers
        • Electronic Traction Control
        • External Brake Cable
        • Flow Control Valve
        • Fluid Level Sensor Switches
        • Fluid
        • Four Wheel Drive Switches
        • Friction Material
        • G Sensors
        • Gaskets
        • Gravitational Switches
        • Grease Seal
        • Height Sensing Proportioning Valve
        • High Pressure Accumulator
        • Hoses
        • Hub
        • Hydraulic Control Unit
        • Hydraulic Modulators
        • Hydro-Boosters
        • Hydro-Electric Boosters (POWERMASTER)
        • Ignition Disable Switches
        • Lamp Driver Relay
        • Lateral Acceleration Switches
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Low Pressure Accumulator
        • Lug Nut
        • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
        • Master Cylinders
        • Modulators
        • Motor Pack
        • Motors
        • Pads
        • Parking Brake Cable
        • Parking Brake Mechanism
        • Parking Brake Shoes
        • Parking Brake Switches
        • Parking Brake Systems
        • Pedal Travel Switches
        • Pedals
        • Power Distribution Center
        • POWERMASTER
        • Pressure Differential Switches
        • Pressure Switches
        • Pressure Transducers
        • Proportioning Valve
        • Pumps
        • Relays
        • RELUCTOR (Speed) Ring
        • Rotors
        • Self-Adjusting Systems
        • Shoe Hardware
        • Shoes
        • Sockets
        • Speed Sensor (RELUCTOR) Ring
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Star Wheel
        • Steel Brake Lines
        • Stoplight Switches
        • Stroke Sensor
        • Switches
        • Tires
        • Tone Ring
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Traction Control System (TCS)
        • Transfer Tubes
        • Vacuum Boosters
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Valves
        • Wear Indicator
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheel Cylinders
        • Wiring Harnesses
        • Yaw Rate Sensor
      • Brake System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Map - Routine Inspection Reference Guide
      • Routine Inspection Reference Guide
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Maintenance Overview
          • Antifreeze/Coolant
          • Visual Inspection
          • Radiator Cap Test
          • Engine Fan
          • Cooling System Power Flush And Refill
          • Belts (Except Timing Belts)
          • Belt TENSIONER
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Exchange & Filter Replacement
          • Engine Oil
          • Air Filters
          • Cabin Air Filter
          • Brake Fluid
          • Battery
          • Battery Cables
          • Power Steering
          • Power Steering Fluid
          • Wiper Blades
        • Routine Inspection CHECKSHEET
        • Routine Inspection - UICS
          • Brake Systems
            • Notes
            • Brake Fluid
            • Bulbs And LEDS
            • Hoses
            • Lenses
            • Lug Nut
            • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
            • Parking Brake Cable
            • Vacuum Hoses
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
          • Drivetrain And Transmission
            • Notes
            • Automatic Transmission Fluid
            • Clutch Master Cylinders
            • Cooler Lines
            • Coolers
            • Differential Fluid
            • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Filters And Screens
            • Fluids And Lubricants
            • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
            • Hydraulic Fluid
            • Lubricants
            • Manual Transmission Fluid
            • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
            • Transfer Case Fluid
            • Vacuum Hoses
          • Electrical Systems
            • Batteries
            • Battery Cables
            • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
            • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
            • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
            • Ground Cables And Straps
            • Ground Straps
            • Lenses
            • Sealed Beams
            • Washer Pumps
            • Wiper Arms And Blades
            • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
            • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
          • Engine Performance And Maintenance
            • Notes
            • Accessory Belts
            • Air Filter Elements
            • Air Filter Gaskets
            • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
            • Air Pump Belts
            • Batteries
            • Battery Connectors
            • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
            • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
            • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
            • Coolant Recovery Tanks
            • Coolant
            • Distributor Caps
            • Distributor Rotors
            • Engine Cooling Systems
            • Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
            • Engine Oil
            • Fuel Filters
            • Fuel Injector Cleaning
            • Fuel Injectors
            • Fuel System Cleaning Service
            • Hose Clamps
            • Hose Connectors
            • Hose Couplers
            • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
            • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
            • Intake Cleaning
            • O2 Sensors
            • PCV Breather Elements
            • PCV Valves
            • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
            • Spark Plugs
            • Thermostats And Housings
            • Throttle Body Cleaning
            • Timing Belts
            • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
          • Exhaust Systems
            • Notes
            • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
          • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning Systems
            • Notes
            • Belts
            • Cabin Air Filters
            • Coolant
            • Evaporator Drain Tubes
            • Evaporator Filters
            • In-Line Filters
            • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
          • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
            • Notes
            • Hydraulic Hoses
            • Power Steering Belts
            • Power Steering Fluid
            • Power Steering Hoses
            • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
            • Strut Rods
            • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
            • Tire Pressure Sensors
            • Tires
            • Valve Stems
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
      • Wheel & Tire Supplement
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
        • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
        • Wheel & Tire - UICS
          • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
          • Tire Pressure Sensors
          • Tires
          • Wheel Alignment
          • Wheel Attachment Hardware
          • Wheels (Rims)
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Check Lists
    • Symptom Check List Worksheet - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose
        • Notes
        • Why Use the Symptom Check List Worksheets?
        • Making the Worksheets a Part of Your Normal Routine
      • Symptom Check List Worksheets
        • Condensed Version - All On One Page
        • Full Version - All On Four Pages
        • Individual System-Based Check Lists
  • OBD-II Drive Cycles - 3.8L
    • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
      • Diagnostic Fault Information
      • Description
      • Conditions for Meeting a Cold Start
      • Circuit/System Verification
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Set Procedure
  • Driveline/Axles
    • Drive Axle Noise Diagnosis - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Unrelated Noises
      • Non-Drive Axle Noises
      • Gear Noise
      • Chuckle
      • Knock
      • Clunk
      • Bearing Whine
      • Bearing Rumble
      • Chatter On Turns
      • Axle Shaft Noise
      • Vibration
    • Gear Tooth Contact Patterns - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Gear Backlash & Pinion Shim Changes
    • Map - Drive Train & Transmission
      • Drive Train & Transmission Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Drivetrain And Transmission
        • Notes
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Automatic Transmission / Transaxle Assemblies/CVTS
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid
        • Axles
        • Bearings And Races
        • Bell Cranks
        • Bell Housings
        • Bushings (External)
        • Cables (Speedometer)
        • Cables (TV, Detent And Shift)
        • Carrier Bearings
        • Clutch Cables And Cable Housings
        • Clutch Discs (Manual Transmissions)
        • Clutch Forks
        • Clutch Linkages (Mechanical)
        • Clutch Master Cylinders
        • Clutch Pedals
        • Clutch Pivots
        • Clutch Pressure Plates
        • Clutch Release Bearings
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Concentric)
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Conventional Or External)
        • Companion Flanges
        • Connectors
        • Cooler Bypass Valves
        • Cooler Lines
        • Coolers
        • CV Joints
        • Differential And Final Drive Assemblies
        • Differential Fluid
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks (Fluid Level Indicators)
        • Dowel Pins, Guides And Pilot Holes
        • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Drive Shaft Flanges
        • Drive Shafts And Half Shafts
        • Dust Boots
        • Engine Mounts
        • Exciter Rings
        • Filler Tubes
        • Filters And Screens
        • Flanges
        • Flex Plates
        • Fluid Level Indicators
        • Fluids And Lubricants
        • Flywheels
        • Force Motors
        • Gaskets
        • Guides
        • Half Shafts
        • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
        • Housings (Bell, Case, Tail(Extension) And Auxiliary)
        • Hydraulic Fluid
        • Intermediate Shaft Support Bearings
        • Key Interlock Systems
        • Limited Slips
        • Lines
        • Linkages (External)
        • Locking Hub Assemblies
        • Locking Hub Control Knobs
        • Lubricants
        • Manual Transmission Fluid
        • Manual Transmission/Transaxle Assemblies
        • Metal Clad Seals
        • METALASTIC Joints
        • Modulator Pins
        • Modulators
        • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
        • Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Oil Pans
        • Pans
        • Pilot Holes
        • Pressure Plates
        • Pressure Switches
        • Races
        • Rubber Joints (METALASTIC)
        • Screens
        • Seals (Metal Clad)
        • Seals
        • Selector Interlock Systems
        • Sensors
        • Servos
        • Shift Interlock Systems (Selector And Key Interlock Systems)
        • Side Covers
        • Slip Yokes
        • Solenoids
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Speedometer- Driven Gear Housing
        • Speedometer/Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Speedometer/Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Speedometers/Odometers (Electronic)
        • Switches
        • Tone Wheels
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Torque Converters
        • Transaxle Mounts
        • Transducers (Transmission)
        • Transfer Case Assemblies
        • Transfer Case Fluid
        • Transmission Coolers
        • Transmission Mounts
        • Transmission Pans
        • Transmission Range Indicators (PRNDL)
        • Tubes
        • Universal Joints (CARDAN Or Cross Type)
        • Vacuum Controls
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Vacuum Motors
        • Vacuum-Operated Switches
        • Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Vents
        • Vibration Dampers
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Speed Sensors
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
        • Yokes And Slip Yokes
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Trouble Shooting - Clutches - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • All Models
  • DTC Index
    • Ordered DTC Index
  • Electrical
    • Map - Electrical Systems
      • Electrical Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Actuator Motors (Electric)
        • Actuator Motors (Vacuum)
        • Air Bags
        • Alternators And Generators
        • Amplifiers
        • Antennas
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Cables
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belts
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
        • Cd Players
        • Cigarette Lighter Assemblies
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Clutch Switches
        • Connectors
        • Control Modules
        • Cruise Control Brake Switches
        • Cruise Control Cables
        • Cruise Control Clutch Switches
        • Cruise Control Linkages And Cables
        • Cruise Control Reservoirs
        • Cruise Control Tubes
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Dump Release Valves
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And
        • Cruise Control Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Defoggers
        • Defrosters
        • Delays
        • Dimmers
        • Electric Heaters
        • Equalizers
        • Fuse Blocks
        • Fuse Boxes And Blocks
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gauges
        • Generators
        • Ground Cables And Straps
        • Ground Straps
        • Headlight Adjusters
        • Heating Elements (Defrosters, Defoggers, Electric Heaters And Seats)
        • Horns And Sirens
        • Ignition Switches
        • Indicator Lights
        • Keyless Entry Keypads And Transmitters
        • Keyless Entry Transmitters
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Microphones
        • Mirrors (ELECTROCHROMATIC And Heated)
        • Motors
        • Neutral Safety Switches
        • Odometers, Speedometers And Tachometers (Cable Driven)
        • Odometers
        • Power Distribution Center
        • Pulleys
        • Receivers, Amplifiers, Equalizers And Sub-Woofer Volume Controls
        • Relay Boxes
        • Relays
        • Sealed Beams
        • Seat Heaters
        • Security Alarm Sensors
        • Sirens
        • Solenoids
        • Speakers And Microphones
        • Speedometer And Tachometer Linkages And Cables
        • Speedometer Cables
        • Speedometers
        • Starters
        • Sub-Woofer Volume Control
        • Switches
        • Tachometer Cables
        • Tachometers
        • Tape Players And Cd Players
        • TENSIONERS
        • Timers
        • Transceivers
        • Transducers
        • Vacuum Accumulators (Reservoirs)
        • Voltage Regulators
        • Washer Fluid Level Senders
        • Washer Pumps
        • Wiper Arms And Blades
        • Wiper Blades
        • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
        • Wiper Linkages
        • Wiper Nozzles
        • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Battery, Starting & Charging System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
  • Engine
    • Engine Overhaul Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Engine Identification
      • Inspection Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Magnetic Particle Inspection
          • Notes
          • Magnaflux & Magnaglo
        • Penetrant Inspection
          • Notes
          • Zyglo
          • Dye Check
        • Ultrasonic Inspection
        • X-Ray Inspection
        • Pressure Testing
      • Cleaning Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Bead Blasting
        • Chemical Cleaning
      • Component Cleaning
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Sheet Metal Parts
        • Intake & Exhaust Manifolds
      • Cylinder Head Replacement
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Installation
        • Valve Adjustment
      • Cylinder Head Overhaul
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cylinder Head Disassembly
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning & Inspection
        • Valve Springs
        • Valve Guide
          • Notes
          • Measuring Valve Guide Clearance
          • Reaming Valve Guide
          • Replacing Valve Guide
        • Valves & Valve Seats
          • Notes
          • Valve Grinding
          • Valve Lapping
          • Valve Seat Grinding
          • Valve Seat Replacement
          • Valve Seat Concentricity
        • Cylinder Head Reassembly
          • Notes
          • Valve Stem Installed Height
        • Valve Stem Oil Seals
          • Notes
          • Replacement (On-Vehicle)
        • Valve Spring Installed Height
        • Rocker Arms & Assemblies
          • Notes
          • Rocker Studs
          • Rocker Arms & Shafts
        • Push Rods
        • Lifters
          • Notes
          • Hydraulic Lifters
          • Mechanical Lifters
      • Pistons, Connecting Rods & Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Ridge Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Cleaning
          • Inspection
        • Piston & Cylinder Bore Fit
        • Assembling Piston & Connecting Rod
        • Checking Piston Ring Clearances
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Installation
        • Connecting Rod Side Clearance
        • Main & Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance
          • Notes
          • Plastigage Method
          • Micrometer & Telescopic Gauge Method
      • Crankshaft & Main Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Installation
        • Crankshaft End Play
          • Notes
          • Dial Indicator Method
          • Feeler Gauge Method
        • Cylinder Block
          • Notes
          • Block Cleaning
          • Block Inspection
          • Cylinder Bore Inspection
          • Cylinder Honing
          • Deck Warpage
          • Deck Height
          • Main Bearing Bore & Alignment
          • Expansion Plug Removal
          • Expansion Plug Installation
          • Oil Gallery Plug Removal
          • Oil Gallery Plug Installation
      • Camshaft
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Camshaft Bearings
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Camshaft End Play
      • Timing Chains & Belts
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Chains
        • Timing Belts
        • Tension Adjustment
      • Timing Gears
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Gear Backlash & RUNOUT
        • Rear Main Oil Seal Installation
          • Notes
          • One-Piece Type Seal
          • Rope Type Seal
          • Split-Rubber Type Seal
      • Oil Pump
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Rotor Type
        • Gear Type
      • Break-In Procedure
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Engine Pre-Oiling
        • Initial Start-Up
        • Camshaft
        • Piston Rings
        • Final Adjustments
    • General Cooling System Service - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Maintenance
        • Draining
        • Flushing
          • Notes
          • Radiator
          • Engine Block
        • Refilling
      • Testing
        • Thermostat
        • Pressure Testing
          • Notes
          • Radiator Cap
          • Cooling System
  • Engine Performance
    • Electrostatic Discharge Warning - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Introduction
      • Handling Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
      • Checking Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
    • Engine Performance Diagnostic Routine Outline - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Where Does DRIVEABILITY Diagnosis Start?
        • Perform Basic Inspection
        • Check For Trouble Codes
        • Diagnose Symptom
        • Test System
    • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
      • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
    • Map - Engine Performance & Maintenance
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance (Including Exhaust Systems)
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Engine Performance & Maintenance CHECKSHEET
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance
        • Notes
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • Accessory Belts
        • Accessory Pulleys
        • Air Conditioning Cycling Switches
        • Air Conditioning Pressure Sensors
        • Air Ducts And Tubes
        • Air Filter Elements
        • Air Filter Gaskets
        • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
        • Air Fuel Ratio Sensors
        • Air Injection Control Solenoids
        • Air Plenums
        • Air Pump Belts
        • Air Pumps (Electric Driven)
        • Air Tubes
        • Aspirator, Check And DECEL Valves
        • Baffles
        • Ballast Primary Supply Resistor Wires
        • Ballast Resistors And Primary Supply Resistors
        • Barometric Pressure Sensors
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Connectors
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
        • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
        • Belt-Driven Air Pumps
        • Boost Control Mechanism
        • Camshaft Position Sensors
        • Carburetors And Chokes
        • Casting Core Plugs And Expansion Plugs
        • Charge Air Coolers ""INTERCOOLERS"" (CAC)
        • Check Valves
        • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Chokes
        • Clutch Pedal Position Switches
        • Cold Start Injectors
        • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
        • Connectors
        • Coolant Recovery Tanks
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Motor Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Relays And Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Resistors
        • Cooling Fan Motor Sensors And Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motor Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Crankshaft Position Sensors
        • Cylinder Deactivation Solenoid
        • Cylinder Head Assemblies
        • DECEL Valves
        • Deflectors
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks And Tubes
        • Distributor Advances And Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Boots And Shields
        • Distributor Caps
        • Distributor Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Rotors
        • Distributor Shields
        • Distributors
        • Early Fuel Evaporation Valves (Heat Riser Assemblies)
        • EGR Coolers
        • EGR Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Intake And Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Plates And Coolers
        • Electronic Spark Control Modules
        • Electronic Transmission Control Devices
        • Electronic Transmission Feedback Devices
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensors
        • Engine Cooling Systems
        • Engine Covers (Oil Pan, Valve Cover, Timing Cover)
        • Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Engine Oil Canisters
        • Engine Oil Coolers (External)
        • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
        • Engine Oil Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gauges (Mechanical)
        • Engine Oil
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Filters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Devices
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canisters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Feedback Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Feedback Devices
        • Expansion Plugs
        • Fan Control Sensor
        • Fuel Accumulators And Dampers
        • Fuel And Cold Start Injectors
        • Fuel Caps
        • Fuel Dampers
        • Fuel Delivery Check Valves
        • Fuel Distributors (BOSCH Cis)
        • Fuel Filler Necks And RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel Filters
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning
        • Fuel Injectors
        • Fuel Level Senders
        • Fuel Pressure Regulators
        • Fuel Pumps (In-Tank, External, Electrical Or Mechanical)
        • Fuel Rails
        • Fuel RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel System Cleaning Service
        • Fuel Tanks
        • Fuel
        • Gaskets
        • Grommets (Valve Cover)
        • Harmonic Dampers
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Hose Clamps
        • Hose Connectors
        • Hose Couplers
        • Hoses And Tube Couplers, Connectors And Clamps
        • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
        • Housings
        • Idle Air Controls
        • Idle Speed Control Actuators
        • Ignition Boots
        • Ignition Coil Towers
        • Ignition Coils
        • Ignition Control Modules (ICM)
        • Ignition Switches
        • Ignition Terminals
        • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
        • Inertia Fuel Shut-Off Switches
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensors
        • Intake Cleaning
        • Intake Manifolds
        • In-Tank Fuel Strainers
        • INTERCOOLERS
        • Knock Sensors
        • Liquid Vapor Separators
        • Long Block Assemblies
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (Map) Sensors
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensors
        • Metal Air Manifolds And Pipes
        • Metal Air Pipes
        • Mix Control Solenoids
        • Motor Mounts
        • O2 Sensors
        • Oil Pans
        • Oil Pressure Sending Units
        • Oil Pump Pick-Up Screens
        • Oil Pumps
        • O-Rings, Gaskets, Seals And Spring Locks
        • Park Neutral Position Switches
        • PCV Breather Elements
        • PCV Orifices
        • PCV Valves
        • Pick-Up Assemblies (Includes Magnetic, Hall Effect And Optical)
        • Power Steering Pressure Sensors
        • Powertrain Control Modules (Pcm) And Prom
        • Powertrain Control Prom
        • Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Blades
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiators
        • Roll Over Valves
        • Sealing Compounds
        • Seals
        • Secondary Air Injection System Management Devices
        • Sensors
        • Short Block Assemblies
        • Shrouds, Baffles And Deflectors
        • Spark Plugs
        • Spring Locks
        • Super Chargers
        • Switches
        • Thermal Vacuum Valves
        • Thermostatic Air Door Assemblies
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Throttle Bodies
        • Throttle Body Cleaning
        • Throttle Cables
        • Throttle Linkages And Cables
        • Throttle Position Sensors
        • Throttle Position Switches
        • Timing Belt Sprockets
        • Timing Belts
        • Timing Covers
        • Torque Struts
        • Transmission Range Switches
        • Tube Clamps
        • Tube Connectors
        • Tube Couplers
        • Tubes
        • Turbo Chargers
        • Vacuum Connections
        • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
        • Vacuum Regulator Solenoids
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valve Covers
        • Vehicle Speed Senors
        • Volume Air Flow Sensors
        • Waste Gate And Boost Control Mechanisms
        • Waste Gate Control Solenoids
        • Water Pumps (Electric)
        • Water Pumps (Non-Electric)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Parasitic Load Explanation & Test Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • General Information
      • Testing For Parasitic Load
        • Notes
        • CHRYSLER Ignition Off Draw (IOD) Test
        • Test Procedure Using Test Switch
        • Intermittent Parasitic Load Problems
        • Diode Check & Solenoid Test
        • Quad Driver Test
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
    • Waveforms - Injector Pattern Tutorial - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose Of This Article
        • Notes
        • Scope Of This Article
      • Is A Lab Scope Necessary?
        • Introduction
        • Overview Of NOID Light
          • Notes
          • Use the Right Noid Light
        • Overview Of DVOM
          • Notes
          • Checking Injector Resistance
          • Checking Available Voltage At the Injector
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Built-In Function
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Dwell Or Duty
          • How A Duty Cycle Meter and Dwell Meter Work
          • Strengths of Dwell/Duty Meter
          • Weaknesses of Dwell/Duty Meter
      • The Two Types Of Injector Drivers
        • Notes
        • Overview
        • Voltage Controlled Circuit ("Saturated Switch")
        • Current Controlled Circuit ("Peak & Hold")
      • The Two Ways Injector Circuits Are Wired
      • Interpreting Injector Waveforms
        • Notes
        • Interpreting A Voltage Controlled Pattern
        • Interpreting A Current Controlled Pattern
      • Current Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
      • Voltage Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
  • Map - Exhaust Systems
    • Exhaust Systems
      • Notes
      • Map Standards Of Service
      • The Map Process - Overview
      • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Catalytic Converters
      • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
      • Exhaust Connections
      • Hangers
      • Heat Risers (Mechanical EFE Devices)
      • Heat Shields
      • Manifolds (Cast And Tube Type)
      • Mechanical EFE Devices
      • Muffler Valve
      • Mufflers And Resonators
    • Reason Code Explanation
  • Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
    • Map - Heating, Ventilation, & Air Conditioning
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accumulators
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Air Conditioning Fittings
        • Air Conditioning Hoses
        • Air Conditioning Metal Lines
        • Air Control Doors
        • Air Dams (External)
        • Air Distribution System
        • Belts
        • Blend Doors
        • Blower Fans (Blower Wheel Or Squirrel Cage)
        • Blower Motors
        • Blower Resistors
        • Blower Switches
        • Cabin Air Filters
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Compressor Clutch Assemblies
        • Compressors
        • Condenser Air Seals
        • Condenser Fan Motors
        • Condensers
        • Connectors
        • Control Cables
        • Control Heads (Function Selectors)
        • Control Linkages
        • Control Modules
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Blades
        • Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Evaporator Drain Tubes
        • Evaporator Filters
        • Evaporator Pressure Regulators (EPRS)
        • Evaporators
        • Expansion Valves
        • Function Selectors
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gaskets
        • Heater Cases
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Heater Hoses
        • High Pressure Relief Valves (HPRV)
        • Idlers
        • In-Line Filters
        • Metal Fittings
        • Metal Lines
        • Mix And Air Control Doors (Blend Doors)
        • ORIFACE Tubes
        • O-Rings
        • Pilot-Operated Absolutes (POAS)
        • Plenums
        • Pressure Control Valves
        • Pressure Sensors
        • Pulleys
        • Radiators
        • Receiver-DRIERS
        • Refrigerant Oil
        • Refrigerant
        • Relays
        • Seals
        • Service Ports
        • Spring Lock Couplings
        • Suction Throttling Valves (STVS)
        • Switches (Electrical)
        • TENSIONERS
        • Thermistors And Pressure Sensors
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
        • Vacuum Reservoirs
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valves In Receiver (VIRS)
        • Water Pumps (Electric Auxiliary)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Hoist/Jack
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • US English/Metric Conversion
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
          • Notes
          • 4T65E Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 3.8L L26/L36 Engine ID and VIN Derivative Locations
          • 5.3L LS4 Engine ID and VIN Derivative Locations
        • Label - Vehicle Certification, Tire Place Card, Anti-Theft and Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
          • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Use Instruction Sheet Supplied
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting-Frame Contact Lift
            • Front Lift Pads
            • Rear Lift Pads
          • Vehicle Lifting-Suspension Contact Lift
          • Vehicle Jacking
            • Under the Front Frame
            • Under the Center of the Rear Suspension
          • Supporting the Vehicle with Jackstands
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
  • Identification
    • CANADIAN Model Cross-Reference
      • * Please Read This First *
      • ACURA
      • ASUNA
      • AUDI
      • BMW
      • CHRYSLER Corp.
        • CHRYSLER
        • Dodge
        • Eagle
        • PLYMOUTH
      • General Motors
        • BUICK
        • CHEVROLET
        • GMC
        • OLDSMOBILE
        • Optima
        • PONTIAC
      • HYUNDAI
      • Jaguar
      • KIA
      • MAZDA
      • MERCEDES-BENZ
      • Mercury
      • MERKUR
      • MITSUBISHI
      • NISSAN
      • RENAULT
      • SATURN
      • Smart
      • SUBARU
      • SUZUKI
      • TOYOTA
      • VOLKSWAGEN
      • VOLVO
      • All Others
  • Metric Conversions
    • Engine Displacement Conversion Table - ECAT
      • Conversion Table
    • Metric Conversions
      • Metric Conversions
        • Notes
        • Length
        • Volume
        • Torque
        • Pressure
      • Conversion Factors
  • OEM General Information
    • Automatic Stop/Start Disable
      • Auto Stop/Start Disable
        • Notes
        • Disable Conditions
        • Disable Button
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • US English/Metric Conversion
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
          • Notes
          • 4T65E Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 3.8L L26/L36 Engine ID and VIN Derivative Locations
          • 5.3L LS4 Engine ID and VIN Derivative Locations
        • Label - Vehicle Certification, Tire Place Card, Anti-Theft and Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
          • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Use Instruction Sheet Supplied
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting-Frame Contact Lift
            • Front Lift Pads
            • Rear Lift Pads
          • Vehicle Lifting-Suspension Contact Lift
          • Vehicle Jacking
            • Under the Front Frame
            • Under the Center of the Rear Suspension
          • Supporting the Vehicle with Jackstands
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
    • Vehicle Diagnostic Information
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vehicle
        • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
        • Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
          • Emissions Related DTCs
          • Non-Emissions Related DTCs
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle
        • Symptoms - Vehicle
          • General Information
          • Body Systems
          • Brakes
          • Driver Information and Entertainment
          • Engine
          • HVAC
          • Power and Signal Distribution
          • Roof
          • Safety and Security
          • Seats
          • Steering
          • Suspension
          • Transmission/Transaxle
        • Diagnostic Repair Verification
    • Vibration Symptoms Diagnosis And Correction
      • Specifications
        • Tire and Wheel Runout Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Vibration Diagnostic Process
          • Preliminary Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Analysis - Road Testing
          • Test Description
        • Component Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Tools Required
          • Tire Rotational Speed
            • Determining Tire Revolutions Per Second at 8 km/h (5 mph) - Using EVA
              • Notes
              • Calculating Tire Revolutions Per Second at 8 km/h (5 mph) - Without EVA
          • Calculating Tire Revolutions Per Second, or Hz at Concern Speed
          • Component Rotational Speed Worksheet
        • Vibration Analysis - Tire and Wheel
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Hub and/or Axle Input
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine
          • Test Description
        • Engine Order Classification
          • Engine First Order Classification
          • Engine Firing Frequency Classification
          • Other Engine Order Classification
          • Engine Driven Accessories Related to Engine Order
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine/Accessory Isolation
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine Balance
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Intermittent or Not Duplicated
          • Notes
          • Specific Conditions Can Affect the Condition
          • Temperature, Ground-Out, Accessory Load
            • Flat Spots on Tires
            • Irregular Wear on Tire Treads
            • Exhaust System Growth
            • Engine-Driven Accessory Noises
          • Vehicle Payload
            • Notes
            • Heavy Payload
            • Trailer Towing
          • Roadway Selection
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Component Not Identified
          • Notes
          • Aftermarket Add-On Accessories
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Difficult to Isolate/Balance Component
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Appears to Be Potential Operating Characteristic
          • Notes
          • Check Service Bulletins
        • Symptoms - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Symptom Tables
        • Vehicle-to-Vehicle Diagnostic Comparison
        • Tire and Wheel Inspection
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - On-Vehicle
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - Off Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Wheel Runout Measurement - Tire Dismounted
        • Brake Rotor/Drum Balance Inspection
        • Hub/Axle Flange and Wheel Stud Runout Inspection
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Isolation Test
          • Force Variation
          • Radial Force Variation
          • Lateral Force Runout
          • Isolation Test Procedure
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - Off Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration Test
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing Guidelines
            • Notes
            • Static Balance
            • Dynamic Balance
          • Balancing Procedure
          • Wheel Weight Usage
            • Notes
            • Clip-on Weights
              • Notes
              • Wheel Weight Placement - Clip-on Weights
              • Adhesive Weights
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - On-Vehicle
        • Tire-to-Wheel Match-Mounting (Vectoring)
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly-to-Hub/Axle Flange Match-Mounting
      • Description and Operation
        • Vibration Theory and Terminology
          • Vibration Theory
          • Basic Vibration Terminology
          • Cycle
          • Frequency
          • Amplitude
          • Free Vibration
          • Forced Vibration
          • Centrifugal Force Due to an Imbalance
          • Natural or Resonant Frequency
          • Resonance
          • Damping
          • Beating (Phasing)
          • Order
        • Electronic Vibration Analyzer (EVA) Description and Operation
          • Tools Required
          • EVA Vibration Sensor
          • EVA Vibration Sensor Placement
          • EVA Vibration Sensor-to-Component Attachment
          • EVA Software Cartridge
          • EVA Smart Strobe Function
          • EVA Strobe Balancing Function
          • Averaging/Non-Averaging Modes
          • EVA Display
        • Vibrate Software Description and Operation
        • Reed Tachometer Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Warnings & Cautions
      • Introduction
        • Definition of Caution, Notice, and Important
          • Notes
          • CAUTION Defined
          • NOTICE Defined
          • IMPORTANT Defined
        • ABS Component Handling Caution
        • Approved Equipment for Collision Repair Caution
        • Assistant Driving Caution
        • Automatic Transaxle Range Selector Cable Caution
        • Batteries Produce Explosive Gases Caution
        • Battery Disconnect Caution
        • Brake Dust Caution
        • Brake Fluid Irritant Caution
        • Breathing R-134a Caution
        • Cleaning Solvent Caution
        • Collision Sectioning Caution
        • Electric Coolant Fan Caution
        • Express Window Down Caution
        • Eye Protection Caution
        • Failure to Prep Primer Caution
        • Foam Sound Deadeners Caution
        • Fuel and Evaporative Emission Pipe Caution
        • Fuel Gage Leak Caution
        • Fuel Pipe Fitting Caution
        • Fuel Rail Stop Bracket Installation Caution
        • Fuel Storage Caution
        • Fuel Vapors in Evaporative Emission Components Caution
        • Gasoline/Gasoline Vapors Caution
        • Glass and Sheet Metal Handling Caution
        • Halogen Bulb Caution
        • Hot Exhaust System Caution
        • Lower O-Ring Removal Caution
        • Moving Parts and Hot Surfaces Caution
        • Park Brake Cable to Caliper Caution
        • Radiator Cap Removal Caution
        • Relieving Fuel Pressure Caution
        • Road Test Caution
        • Safety Glasses Caution
        • Safety Glasses and Compressed Air Caution
        • Safety Goggles and Fuel Caution
        • SIR Caution
        • SIR Deployed Inflator Modules Are Hot Caution
        • SIR Inflatable Module Deployment Outside Vehicle Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Coil Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Disposal Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Handling and Storage Caution
        • SIR Special Tool Caution
        • Vehicle Lifting Caution
        • Window Retention Caution
        • Work Stall Test Caution
        • Air in the Power Steering System Notice
        • Anti-Corrosion Materials Notice
        • Avoid Chipping or Scratching the Coating Notice
        • Ball Stud Removal Notice
        • Belt Dressing Notice
        • Brake Caliper Notice
        • Brake Fluid Effects on Paint and Electrical Components Notice
        • Catalytic Converter Movement Notice
        • Clean, Dry, Low Pressure Gas Source Notice
        • Clearcoat/Ultraviolet Screeners Notice
        • Component Fastener Tightening Notice
        • Connector Test Adapter Kit J 35616-A Notice
        • Constant Velocity Joint Seal Damage Notice
        • Continuous Operation of the Secondary Air Injection Pump Notice
        • Cover and Plug Openings Notice
        • Disengaging Connectors Notice
        • Emission Modification Notice
        • Engine Emission Notice
        • Excessive Force and Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Exterior Trim Emblem Removal Notice
        • Fastener Notice
        • Fuel and Evaporative Emission Hose/Pipe Connection Cleaning Notice
        • Fuel Pressure Notice
        • Fuel Rail Notice
        • Fuel System Ground Notice
        • Fuel Tank Strap Fastener Notice
        • Handling Electrostatic Discharge Sensitive Parts Notice
        • Handling Idle Air Control Valve Notice
        • Heated Oxygen and Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Resistance Learn Reset Notice
        • Ignition OFF When Disconnecting Battery Notice
        • Installing Hoses without Twists or Bends Notice
        • Liftgate Assist Rod Notice
        • Nylon Fuel Lines Notice
        • Nylon Pipes Notice
        • OBD II Symbol Description Notice
        • Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Paint Damage Notice
        • Pipe Wrench Positioning Notice
        • Power Steering Hose Disconnected Notice
        • Powertrain Control Module and Electrostatic Discharge Notice
        • Propeller Shaft Notice
        • Raising the Hood Notice
        • Sealant Notice
        • Service Programming System (SPS) Notice
        • Silicon Contamination of Heated Oxygen Sensors Notice
        • Single Cylinder Flooding Notice
        • Special Fastener Notice
        • Steering Wheel in the Full Turn Position Notice
        • Steering Wheel Straight and Column Locked Notice
        • Tape Corners of Panel Notice
        • Test Probe Notice
        • Three-Way Catalytic Converter Damage Notice
        • Transmission Overfill Notice
        • Using Proper Power Steering Fluid Notice
        • Window Edge Damage Notice
        • Windshield Installation Notice
  • Reset Procedures
    • BARTEC TPMS Reset Procedure (2 Of 2)
      • BARTEC TPMS Reset Procedure
    • Maintenance & Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule (North American Emissions)
        • GM Oil Life System Resetting
    • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
          • Vehicles WITHOUT Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
          • Vehicles WITH Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
          • Notes
          • Vehicles with DIC (& Steering Wheel Controls)
          • Vehicles with DIC (& Turn Signal Lever Controls)
          • Vehicles without DIC (Some Models)
          • Reset Using Diagnostic Scan Tool (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
          • With Base Audio System
          • With Navigation System
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
          • With Base Audio System
          • Without DIC
          • With Navigation System
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
          • With Information Center Display
          • With Visual Information Center
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
          • Vehicles with Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Reminder Flag)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Warning Light)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Check Engine Light)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
          • Federal Emissions
          • California Emissions
      • Diesel Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Maintenance Service Reminder
        • Notes
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
      • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Message Reset
      • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
          • Notes
          • Resetting With Base Audio System
          • Resetting With Navigation System
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
      • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
        • Notes
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
          • Notes
          • Using Exterior Lamp Switch
          • Using RDS Radio, If Equipped
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
          • Notes
          • Using DIC Reset Button
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
          • Notes
          • Using DIC Reset Button
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
          • Using Reset Button (1999-05 Models)
          • Using Scan Tool (2003-05 Models)
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
          • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-52545 (Preferred)
          • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-50448 (Alternative)
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
    • Tire Pressure Monitor Systems
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Monitor (TPM) System (2004-06)
        • Tire Pressure Monitor (TPM) System (2007-08)
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Warning Indicators (2004-06)
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Warning Indicators (2007-08)
      • TPMS Reset Procedures
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Monitor System RECALIBRATION (2004-06)
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn (2007-08)
      • Dismounting/Mounting Procedures
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Indicator Sensor Replacement (2007-08)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Torque Specifications
  • RPO Codes
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • US English/Metric Conversion
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
          • Notes
          • 4T65E Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 3.8L L26/L36 Engine ID and VIN Derivative Locations
          • 5.3L LS4 Engine ID and VIN Derivative Locations
        • Label - Vehicle Certification, Tire Place Card, Anti-Theft and Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
          • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Use Instruction Sheet Supplied
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting-Frame Contact Lift
            • Front Lift Pads
            • Rear Lift Pads
          • Vehicle Lifting-Suspension Contact Lift
          • Vehicle Jacking
            • Under the Front Frame
            • Under the Center of the Rear Suspension
          • Supporting the Vehicle with Jackstands
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
  • Specifications Index
    • Common Specs & Procedures
      • Specifications Index
  • Steering
    • Map - Steering, Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels & Tires
      • Steering & Suspension Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Wheel And Tire
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
      • Steering & Suspension CHECKSHEET
      • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
      • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
        • Notes
        • Active Handling
        • Active Suspension Control Modules
        • Active Variable Ratio Steering
        • Active Yaw Control
        • Adaptive Cruise Control
        • Advance TRAC
        • Air Bags
        • Air Ride Control Modules
        • Air Ride Suspension Torsion Springs (Counter Balancing)
        • Air Ride Suspension
        • Air Ride Tubes
        • Air Shocks And Air Struts
        • Air Spring Valves
        • Air Springs
        • Air Suspension Control Valves
        • Air Suspension DRIERS
        • Axle Acceleration Sensor
        • Ball Joints
        • Body Acceleration Sensor
        • Bushings
        • Center Links
        • Compressors
        • Continuous Damping Control
        • Control Arm Shafts
        • Control Arms
        • Control Modules
        • Distance Regulation Control Module
        • Distance Regulation Sensor
        • Drag Links
        • Dynamic Stability Control
        • Dynamic Stability Traction Control
        • Electronic Ride Control Shocks And Struts
        • Electronic Stability Control
        • Electronic Suspension System
        • Flex Couplers
        • Gaskets
        • Height Sensors
        • Hydraulic Hoses
        • Hydraulic Power Steering Pumps
        • Hydraulic Suspension Hoses
        • Hydraulic Suspension Pumps
        • Idler Arms
        • Intermediate Shaft U-Joints
        • King Pins
        • Modules
        • Pitman Arms
        • Power Steering Belts
        • Power Steering Coolers
        • Power Steering Fluid
        • Power Steering Hoses
        • Power Steering Lines (Steel)
        • Power Steering Pumps - Electric
        • Power Steering Pumps
        • Radar Sensor
        • Radius Arms
        • Relay Rods
        • Relays
        • Sensors
        • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
        • Spindles
        • Springs, Coil, Leaf And Torsion Bars
        • STABILITRAC
        • Stability Management System
        • Steering Angle Sensor
        • Steering Arms
        • Steering Couplers
        • Steering Dampers
        • Steering Gears (Except Rack And Pinion)
        • Steering Gears, Rack And Pinion
        • Steering Knuckles
        • Strike Out Bumpers
        • Strut Bearing Plate Assemblies
        • Strut Rods
        • Suspension Pumps (Hydraulic)
        • Sway Bar Links
        • Sway Bar Mounting Bushings
        • Sway Bars
        • Switches
        • Tie Rod Ends (Inner And Outer)
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
        • Tire Pressure Sensors
        • Tires
        • Torque Sensor
        • Torsion Springs
        • Track Bar Bushings
        • Track Bars
        • Trailing Arm Bushings
        • Trailing Arms
        • Valve Stems
        • Vehicle Dynamics Control
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Vehicle Stability Assist
        • Vehicle Stability/Skid Control
        • Warning Lamps
        • Wheel Alignment
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheels (Rims)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Wheel Alignment Theory & Operation - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Pre-Alignment Instructions
        • Notes
        • General Alignment Checks
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Camber
        • Caster
        • Toe-In Adjustment
        • Toe-Out On Turns
        • Steering Axis Inclination
  • Traction Control Disable Procedures
    • Traction Control Disable
  • Trouble Shooting - Manual Transmission - General Information
    • * Please Read This First *
    • Introduction
• Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
  • General Servicing
    • Cabin Air Filter
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Cabin Air Filter
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (1997-2003 Century, Impala, Intrigue & Regal)
          • Removal & Installation (2004-2005 Century & Regal)
          • Removal & Installation (2004-2007 Allure Canadian (2005-06), Impala, Grand Prix, LaCrosse & Monte Carlo)
  • HVAC Control Systems
    • Heating, Ventilation, And Air Conditioning
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Refrigerant System Capacities
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning
        • Leak Testing
          • Notes
          • Refrigerant Leak Testing
          • Fluorescent Leak Detector
          • Fluorescent Dye Injection
          • Halogen Leak Detector
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) System Performance Test (L26)
          • Test Description
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) System Performance Test (LS4)
          • Test Description
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone A
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone B
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone C
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone D
        • Heating Performance Diagnostic
        • Defrosting Insufficient
        • Noise Diagnosis - Blower Motor
        • Noise Diagnosis - Air Conditioning (A/C) System
        • Noise Diagnosis - HVAC Module
        • Odor Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Odor Correction
          • Eliminating Air Conditioning Odor
        • Refrigerant Recovery and Recharging
          • Notes
          • A/C Refrigerant System Oil Charge Replenishing
        • Flushing
        • Compressor Oil Balancing
          • Draining Procedure
          • Balancing Procedure
        • Compressor Replacement (L26, L32)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Replacement (LS4)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Clutch Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Pressure Relief Valve Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Washer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • O-Ring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning Line/Tube Connector Removal/Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Hose Assembly Replacement (L26, L32)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Hose Assembly Replacement (LS4)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning Evaporator Thermal Expansion Valve Tube Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Filter Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Suction Screen Replacement
        • Compressor Relay Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Service Ports Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermal Expansion Valve Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Condenser Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Module Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Core Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Inlet Hose Replacement (L26, L32)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Inlet Hose Replacement (RPO LS4)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Outlet (L26, L32)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Outlet (RPO LS4)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Pipes Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Pipe Adapter Replacement - Inlet
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Pipe Adapter Replacement - Outlet
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Passenger Compartment Air Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Distributor Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Replacement - Defroster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Replacement - Rear Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Valve Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Core Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Core Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • HVAC System - Automatic
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Sensor Resistance Table
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • HVAC Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • HVAC Component Views
        • HVAC Connector End Views
          • A/C Compressor Clutch (L26/L32)
          • A/C Compressor Clutch (LS4)
          • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor (LS4)
          • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor (L26/L32)
          • Air Temperature Actuator - Left
          • Air Temperature Actuator - Right
          • Air Temperature Sensor - Inside
          • Air Temperature Sensor - Lower Left
          • Air Temperature Sensor - Lower Right
          • Air Temperature Sensor - Upper Left
          • Air Temperature Sensor - Upper Right
          • Blower Motor
          • Blower Motor Control Processor
          • HVAC Control Module, C1
          • HVAC Control Module, C2
          • Mode Actuator
          • Recirculation Actuator
          • Sunload Sensor Assembly
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0159, B0164, B0174, B0179, B0510, or B0515
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0184 or B0189
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0249, B0269, B0409, or B0419
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0414, B0424, B3748, or B3749
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0530
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0645
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - HVAC Systems - Automatic
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage
          • Test Description
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Disengage
        • Blower Motor Always On
        • Blower Motor Inoperative
        • Blower Motor Malfunction
          • Test Description
        • Too Hot in Vehicle
          • Test Description
        • Too Cold in Vehicle
          • Test Description
        • Air Delivery Improper
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Air Recirculation Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Re-Calibrating Actuators
      • Repair Instructions
        • HVAC Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Upper Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Upper Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Lower Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Lower Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inside Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sun Load Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Air Delivery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Air Speed
          • Off Mode
          • Recirculation Mode
          • Automatic Modes
          • Air Distribution
          • Front Defrost Mode
          • Mode Switch
          • Dual Zone Control Switch
          • Remote Start
            • Remote Start Activation
            • Remote Start De-activation
        • Air Temperature Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Personalization
            • Air Temperature Actuators
            • Air Temperature Sensors
            • Sunload Sensor
            • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
          • Heating and A/C Operation
          • Dual Zone Operation
          • Automatic Operation
          • Remote Start
            • Remote Start Activation
            • Remote Start De-activation
          • Engine Coolant
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • HVAC System - Manual
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • HVAC Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • HVAC Component Views
        • HVAC Connector End Views
          • A/C Compressor Clutch (L26/L32)
          • A/C Compressor Clutch (LS4)
          • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor (LS4)
          • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor (L26/L32)
          • Air Temperature Actuator
          • Blower Motor
          • Blower Motor Control Processor
          • HVAC Control Module
          • Mode Actuator
          • Recirculation Actuator
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0248, B0268, or B0418
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0249, B0269, or B0419
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0424, B3748, or B3749
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0530
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0645
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - HVAC Systems - Manual
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage
          • Test Description
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Disengage
        • Blower Motor Always On
        • Blower Motor Inoperative
        • Blower Motor Malfunction
          • Test Description
        • Too Hot in Vehicle
        • Too Cold in Vehicle
        • Air Delivery Improper
        • Re-Calibrating Actuators
          • Calibration Procedure
      • Repair Instructions
        • HVAC Control Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Air Delivery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Mode/Recirculation Actuator
            • Mode Valve Assembly
            • Blower Motor Control Processor
            • Air Speed
            • Afterblow
            • Air Distribution
            • Recirculation Operation
          • Remote Start
            • Remote Start Activation
            • Remote Start De-activation
        • Air Temperature Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Air Temperature Actuator
            • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
          • Heating and A/C Operation
          • Remote Start
            • Remote Start Activation
            • Remote Start De-activation
          • Engine Coolant
          • A/C Cycle
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Preliminary Service Specifications
      • Brakes
      • Wheel Alignment
      • A/C System
      • Spark Plugs
• Maintenance
  • Procedures
    • Maintenance & Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule (North American Emissions)
        • GM Oil Life System Resetting
• Restraints
  • Air Bag, SRS
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • SIR Schematic Icons
        • SIR Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • SIR Component Views
        • SIR Identification Views
        • SIR Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - SIR
        • Passenger Presence System Flash Code Procedures
          • Introduction
          • Passenger Presence System (PPS) Flash Code Procedure
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC 032
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC 034
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC 036
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC 052
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC 056
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0012, B0013, B0014, B0016, B0017, or B0018
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0022, B0024, B0026, B0042, B0043, or B0044
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0028, B0029, or B0030
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0040, B0041, or B0045
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0051
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0053
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0057, B0058, or B0059
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0064, B0065, or B0066
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0077, B0078, B0079, B0080, B0081, or B0082
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC B0092
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0098
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0100, B0101, B0102, B0103, B0104, or B0105
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC B1001
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Passenger Presence System Rezeroing
          • Introduction
          • Passenger Presence System (PPS) Rezeroing Procedure
        • Symptoms - SIR
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Air Bag Indicator Circuit Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Passenger Presence System Indicator Circuit Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling
          • Notes
          • SIR Service Precautions
          • General Service Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • SIR Service Precautions
          • Notes
          • General Service Instructions
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
        • Inflatable Restraint Instrument Panel Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System Replacement - Front
        • Instrument Panel Inflatable Restraint Module Indicator Replacement
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Pretensioner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
          • Accident With or Without Air Bag Deployment - Component Inspections
          • Frontal Inflator Module Deployment
          • Accident With Side Air Bag Deployment - Component Replacement and Inspections
        • Inflator Module Handling and Scrapping
          • Live (Undeployed) Inflator Module
          • Dual Stage Inflator Module
          • Scrapping Procedure
          • Deployment Procedures
          • Deployment Outside Vehicle (Steering Wheel Module, I/P Module, and Roof Rail Module)
          • Deployment Inside Vehicle (Vehicle Scrapping Procedure)
        • Pretensioner Handling and Scrapping
          • Notes
          • Scrapping Procedure
          • Deployment Procedures
          • Deployment Inside the Vehicle
          • Deployment Outside Vehicle for Seat Belt Pretensioners
      • Description and Operation
        • SIR System Description and Operation
          • SIR System Overview
          • Frontal SIR System Description
          • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM)
          • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System
          • Inflatable Restraint PASSENGER AIR BAG ON/OFF indicator
          • AIR BAG Indicator
          • Dual Stage Inflator Modules
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil
          • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor
          • Inflatable Restraint Seat Belt Pretensioner
          • Inflatable Restraint Wiring Harness
          • Steering Column and Wheel
          • Knee Bolster
          • Side SIR System Description
          • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Restraints Control Systems
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connector End Views
          • Seat Belt Switch - Left
          • Seat Belt Switch - Right
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction - Driver
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction - Passenger
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Center Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shoulder Belt Guide Adjuster Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Belt Retractor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Belt Retractor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement
        • Guide Replacement - Rear Seat Shoulder Belt
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Restraint System
          • Front Seat Belt System
          • Rear Seat Belt System
          • Child Seat Restraint System
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicators
  • Seat Belts
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connector End Views
          • Seat Belt Switch - Left
          • Seat Belt Switch - Right
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction - Driver
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction - Passenger
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Center Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shoulder Belt Guide Adjuster Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Belt Retractor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Belt Retractor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement
        • Guide Replacement - Rear Seat Shoulder Belt
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Restraint System
          • Front Seat Belt System
          • Rear Seat Belt System
          • Child Seat Restraint System
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicators
• Steering
  • Electronic Steering
    • Variable Effort Steering System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Steering Assist Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Assist Component Views
        • Steering Assist Connector End Views
          • Magnasteer Actuator
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Variable Effort Steering
        • DTC C0450
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Description and Operation
        • Variable Effort Steering System Description and Operation
  • Manual Steering
    • Power Steering System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Power Steering Pump Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
        • Symptoms - Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Power Steering System Test
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Power Steering Fluid Leaks
        • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Poor Return of Steering Wheel
        • Steering Effort Hard or Too Easy in One or Both Directions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Steering System Bleeding
        • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid
        • Power Steering System Flushing
        • Remote Power Steering Fluid Reservoir Replacement
        • Power Steering Pulley Replacement (3.8L V6)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pulley Replacement (5.3L V8)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement (3.8L V6)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement (5.3L V8)
        • Power Steering Reservoir Replacement - Off Vehicle
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Outer Tie Rod End Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Boot Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Boot Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Cooler Pipe/Hose Replacement
        • Power Steering Pressure Pipe/Hose Replacement (L26 and L32)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Return Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Gear Rack Bearing Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle (Magnasteer)
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Steering System Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Power Steering System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Power Steering Pump Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
      • Symptoms - Power Steering System
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptoms List
      • Power Steering System Test
        • Notes
        • Test Description
      • Power Steering Fluid Leaks
      • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
      • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System
      • Poor Return of Steering Wheel
      • Steering Effort Hard or Too Easy in One or Both Directions
    • Repair Instructions
      • Power Steering System Bleeding
      • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid
      • Power Steering System Flushing
      • Remote Power Steering Fluid Reservoir Replacement
      • Power Steering Pulley Replacement (3.8L V6)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pulley Replacement (5.3L V8)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Replacement (3.8L V6)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Replacement (5.3L V8)
      • Power Steering Reservoir Replacement - Off Vehicle
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Outer Tie Rod End Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Boot Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Boot Replacement - On Vehicle
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Cooler Pipe/Hose Replacement
      • Power Steering Pressure Pipe/Hose Replacement (L26 and L32)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Return Hose Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Gear Rack Bearing Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle (Magnasteer)
    • Description and Operation
      • Power Steering System Description and Operation
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Component Locator
      • Steering Column Disassembled View
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptoms List
      • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
      • Noise in Steering Column
      • Looseness in Steering Column
    • Repair Instructions
      • Intermediate Steering Shaft Seal Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
      • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Spring Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Turn Signal Multifunction Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Turn Signal Switch Housing Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Tilt Lever Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Shroud Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Tilt Spring Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Tilt Head Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Position Sensor or Steering Shaft Lower Bearing Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Centering
        • Steering Angle Sensor Centering Procedure
      • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Vehicle Steering
        • Vehicle Security, Found on Some Vehicle Models
        • Driver Convenience
        • Driver Safety
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
• Suspension
  • Front Suspension
    • Front Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Ball Joint Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Bearing/Hub Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Knuckle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Control Arm Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Lower Control Arm Bushing Replacement (Vertical)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Strut Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Suspension Shock/Strut Disposal
        • Strut, Strut Component and/or Spring Replacement
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Front Suspension Description and Operation
        • General Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Torque Steer
        • Memory Steer
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
        • Struts or Shock Absorbers Testing - On Vehicle
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection
          • Trim Height Measurements
          • Z Height Measurement
          • D Height Measurement
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Rear Suspension
    • Rear Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wheel Bearing/Hub Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Support Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knuckle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trailing Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spindle Rod Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Strut Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Suspension Shock/Strut Disposal
        • Strut, Strut Component and/or Spring Replacement
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Torque Steer
        • Memory Steer
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
        • Struts or Shock Absorbers Testing - On Vehicle
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection
          • Trim Height Measurements
          • Z Height Measurement
          • D Height Measurement
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wheel Alignment
    • Preliminary Service Specifications
      • Brakes
      • Wheel Alignment
      • A/C System
      • Spark Plugs
    • Wheel Alignment System
      • Specifications
        • Wheel Alignment Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Measuring Wheel Alignment
        • Front Camber Adjustment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Toe Adjustment
        • Rear Camber Adjustment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Toe Adjustment
      • Description and Operation
        • Caster Description
        • Camber Description
        • Toe Description
        • Setback Description
        • Thrust Angles Description
        • Lead/Pull Description
        • Torque Steer Description
        • Memory Steer Description
        • Wander Description
        • Scrub Radius Description
  • Wheels & Tire System
    • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Tire Pressure Monitoring
          • System Familiarization
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • System Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic System Check - Tire Pressure Monitoring
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC C0569
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0750, C0755, C0760, or C0765
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0775
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Repair Procedures
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Always On
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Procedure
          • Using the Driver Information Center (DIC)
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Grommet Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn
          • Learn Mode Description
          • Sensor Functions Using J-46079
          • Learn Mode Cancellation
          • TPM Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Tires & Wheels
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Tire Diagnosis - Irregular or Premature Wear
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Tire Diagnosis - Waddle Complaint
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Wheel Mounting Surface Check
        • Radial Tire Lead/Pull Correction
      • Repair Instructions
        • Aluminum Wheel Porosity Repair
        • Aluminum Wheel Refinishing
          • Aluminum Wheel Refinishing Guidelines
          • Evaluating Damage
          • Aluminum Wheel Refinishing General Recommendations/Options
          • Repair Option Number 1
          • General Color Selection
          • General Refinishing Procedures-Removal
          • General Refinishing Procedures-Installation
          • Repair Option Number 2. Outside Companies
        • Tire and Wheel Removal and Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Repair
        • Tire Mounting and Dismounting
        • Tire Rotation
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description
        • Tread Wear Indicators Description
        • Metric Wheel Nuts and Bolts Description
        • Tire Inflation Description
        • Tire Chain Usage Description
        • All Seasons Tires Description
        • P-Metric Sized Tires Description
        • Replacement Wheels Description
        • Steel Wheel Repair Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Transmission
  • Automatic Trans
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T65-E - Introduction (1 Of 2)
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Transmission
      • Symptoms
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List (3.8L)
      • Scan Tool Data List (5.3L)
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List/Type
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T65-E - Introduction (2 Of 2)
      • Specifications
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Transmission General Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
        • Range Reference (Without Touch Activated Power)
        • Range Reference (With Touch Activated Power)
        • Shift Solenoid Valve State and Gear Ratio
        • Shift Speed
        • Transmission Internal Mode Switch Logic
        • Line Pressure
        • Component Resistance
        • End Play Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Transmission Schematic Icons
        • Automatic Transmission Controls Schematics (LS4)
        • Automatic Transmission Controls Schematics (L26, L32)
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Disassembled Views
        • Component Location
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View
          • Engine Side to Transmission Side
        • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
          • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve, Wiring Harness Side
          • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve, Wiring Harness Side
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch, Wiring Harness Side
          • Input Speed Sensor, Wiring Harness Side
          • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve, Wiring Harness Side
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve, Wiring Harness Side
          • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor, Wiring Harness Side
          • Transmission Internal Mode Switch, Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
          • TAP Shift Switch - Right
          • TAP Shift Switch - Left
          • Transmission Control Module (TCM), Engine Side - 5.3L
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor, Wiring Harness Side
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repair Instructions - On Vehicle
          • Transmission Control Module Replacement (3.8L)
          • Transmission Control Module Replacement (5.3L)
          • Automatic Transmission Range Selector Lever Cable Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Range Selector Lever Cable Adjustment
            • Adjustment Procedure
          • Manual Shift Auxiliary Position Switch Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Automatic Transmission Control Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Park Lock Cable Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Park Lock Cable Adjustment
          • Fluid Filler Tube Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Reverse Servo Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Forward Servo Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Oil Seal Replacement - Left Side
            • Notes
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Oil Seal Replacement - Right Side
            • Notes
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Test Hole Plug Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Vent Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Oil Pan Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Filter and Seal Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Accumulator and 2-1 Manual Servo Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Thermo Element Replacement
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Wiring Harness Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Case Side Cover Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Fluid Temperature Sensor Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation Solenoid Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Input Speed Sensor Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Pressure Control Solenoid Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Oil Pump Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Control Valve Body Replacement
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Oil Weir Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Case Extension Housing Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Final Drive Replacement
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Output Shaft Replacement
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Hose Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Fluid Cooler Hose/Pipe Quick-Connect Fitting Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Fluid Cooler Hose/Pipe Connector Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Automatic Transmission Radiator Oil Cooler Connector Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Mount Inspection
          • Automatic Transmission Brace Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Mount Replacement - Left Side
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Mount Bracket Replacement - Left Side
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Torque Converter Cover Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Flywheel to Torque Converter Bolt Replacement
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Replacement
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
        • Repair Instructions - Off Vehicle
          • Torque Converter Assembly Removal
          • Transmission Support Fixture Assemble
          • Reverse Servo Removal
          • Forward Servo Removal
          • Transmission Fluid Pan and Filter Assembly Removal
          • Transmission Fluid Filter Inspection
          • Accumulator Assembly and 2-1 Band Servo Removal
          • Control Valve Body Cover and Gaskets Disassemble
          • Wiring Harness Removal
          • Oil Pump Removal
          • Control Valve Body Assembly Removal
          • Oil Pump Drive Shaft Removal
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor Removal
          • Output Shaft Removal
          • Front Differential Carrier End Play Check (FWD Only)
          • Manual Valve Link and Oil Dam Removal
          • Drive Axle Oil Seal Removal - Left Side
          • Case Cover Removal
          • Fourth Clutch Components Removal
          • Drive Link Stretch Check
          • Drive Sprocket, Driven Sprocket, and Drive Link Removal
          • Driven Sprocket Support Assembly Removal
          • Second Clutch and Input Clutch Removal
          • Reverse Band Removal
          • Reverse Reaction Drum Removal
          • Case Extension Assembly Removal
          • Differential Carrier and Components Removal
          • Input and Reaction Carrier Removal
          • Reaction Sun Gear and Manual 2-1 Band Removal
          • 1-2 Support Drum and Forward Band Removal
          • Differential Carrier Internal Gear Removal
          • Manual Shift Shaft Position (Internal Mode) Switch and Parking System Components Removal
          • Case Assembly Inspection
          • Case Components Disassemble
          • Case Components Assemble
          • Torque Converter Oil Seal Removal
          • Drive Sprocket Support Removal
          • Drive Sprocket Support Assemble
          • Torque Converter Oil Seal Assemble
          • Manual Shift Shaft Position (Internal Mode) Switch and Parking System Components Installation
          • Differential Carrier Internal Gear Assemble
          • Differential Carrier Inspection (FWD Only)
          • Differential Carrier Disassemble (FWD Only)
          • Differential Carrier Assemble (FWD Only)
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor Reluctor Wheel Disassemble (FWD Only)
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor Reluctor Wheel Assemble (FWD Only)
          • Differential Carrier Components Assemble (FWD Only)
          • Case Extension Assemble (FWD Only)
          • Forward Band Assemble
          • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch Disassemble
          • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch Assemble
          • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch Functional Check
          • 1-2 Support Drum Assemble
          • 2-1 Manual Band Assemble
          • Reaction Sun Gear and Drum Assemble
          • Input and Reaction Carrier Pinion End Play Check
          • Input and Reaction Carrier Assemble
          • Reverse Reaction Drum Assemble
          • Input and 3rd Clutch Pawl Disassemble
          • Input and 3rd Clutch Pawl Assemble
          • Input and 3rd Clutch Pawl Functional Check
          • Input Clutch and Third Clutch Disassemble
          • Input Clutch Housing Assembly Inspection
          • Input Clutch Housing Ball Check Valve Disassemble
          • Input Clutch Housing Ball Check Valve Assemble
          • Input Clutch and Third Clutch Assemble
          • Input Clutch and Third Clutch Functional Air Check
          • Input Clutch Housing Oil Seal Rings Assemble
          • Input Clutch Housing, Input Clutch Pawl, and 3rd Clutch Pawl Assemble
          • Input Clutch Housing End Play Check
          • Second Clutch Disassemble
          • Second Clutch Housing Assembly Inspection
          • Second Clutch Housing Ball Check Valve Disassemble
          • Second Clutch Housing Ball Check Valve Assemble
          • Second Clutch Assemble
          • Reverse Band Assemble
          • Driven Sprocket Support Components Disassemble
          • Driven Sprocket Support Components Inspection
          • Driven Sprocket Support Bearing Disassemble
          • Driven Sprocket Support Bearing Assemble
          • Driven Sprocket Support Components Assemble
          • Fourth and Second Clutch Functional Air Check
          • Second, Input, Third and Sprag Clutches Assemble
          • Driven Sprocket Support Assemble
          • Drive Sprocket and Turbine Shaft Disassemble
          • Drive Sprocket and Turbine Shaft Assemble
          • Drive and Driven Sprocket Components Assemble
          • Fourth Clutch Components Assemble
          • Case Cover Components Disassemble (Without Touch Activated Power)
          • Case Cover Components Disassemble (With Touch Activated Power)
          • Case Cover Components Inspection (Without Touch Activated Power)
          • Case Cover Components Inspection (With Touch Activated Power)
          • Case Cover Bearing Disassemble
          • Case Cover Bearing Assemble
          • Drive Shaft Oil Seal Assemble - Left Side
          • Case Cover Components Assemble (Without Touch Activated Power)
          • Case Cover Components Assemble (With Touch Activated Power)
          • Case Cover and Gaskets Assemble
          • Manual Valve Link and Oil Dam Assemble
          • Differential Carrier End Play Check (FWD Only)
          • Drive Shaft Oil Seal Disassemble - Right Side
          • Drive Shaft Oil Seal Assemble - Right Side (FWD Only)
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor Assemble (FWD Only)
          • Control Valve Body Clean
          • Control Valve Body Inspection
          • Control Valve Body Disassemble (Without Touch Activated Power)
          • Control Valve Body Disassemble (With Touch Activated Power)
          • Control Valve Body Assemble (Without Touch Activated Power)
          • Control Valve Body Assemble (With Touch Activated Power)
          • Oil Pump Drive Shaft Assemble
          • Control Valve Body and Spacer Plate Assemble
          • Oil Pump Components Disassemble
          • Oil Pump Components Assemble
          • Wiring Harness Assemble
          • Control Valve Body Cover and Gasket Assemble
          • Thermo Element Adjustment
          • 2-1 Manual Band Servo Disassemble
          • 2-1 Manual Band Servo Assemble
          • Accumulator Components Disassemble
          • Accumulator Components Assemble
          • Accumulator Assembly, 2-1 Band Servo Assemble
          • Oil Pan and Filter Assemble
          • Forward Band Servo Components Disassemble
          • Forward Band Servo Assemble
          • Reverse Band Servo Components Disassemble
          • Reverse Band Servo Assemble
          • Output Shaft Assemble
          • Transmission Holding Fixture Disassemble
          • Torque Converter Inspection
          • Torque Converter Assemble
      • Description and Operation
        • Transmission General Information
          • How to Use This Section
          • Basic Knowledge
          • Diagnosis
        • Definitions and Abbreviations
          • Throttle Positions
          • Shift Condition Definitions
          • Noise Conditions
          • Transmission Abbreviations
        • Transmission Identification Information
        • Transmission General Description
        • Transmission Component and System Description
        • Transmission Adaptive Functions
          • Notes
          • Upshift Adapts (1-2, 2-3 and 3-4)
          • Steady State Adapts
          • Clearing Transmission Adaptive Pressure (TAP)
        • TAP Shift Operation
        • Electronic Component Description
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Automatic Transmission Input Speed Sensor
          • 1-2 and 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valves
          • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation Solenoid Valve
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Lever Assembly-Manual Shaft Detent with Internal Mode Switch
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor
          • TAP Shift Switches
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector Description
        • Automatic Transmission Hydraulic Diagrams
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (Park - Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313)
            • Actuator Feed Limit Valve (414)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve (322)
            • Torque Signal Regulator Valve (321)
            • Line Pressure Relief Valve (324)
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly (34)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid Valve (315A)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve (315B)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 Accumulator Valves (350, 344, 341)
            • 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 Accumulator Assemblies
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
            • Park - Engine Running - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (Park - With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313)
            • Actuator Feed Limit Valve (414)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve (322)
            • Torque Signal Regulator Valve (321)
            • Line Pressure Relief Valve (324)
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly (34)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid Valve (315A)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve (315B)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 Accumulator Valves (350, 344, 341)
            • 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 Accumulator Assemblies
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
            • Park - Engine Running - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (Neutral-Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Reverse Band Assembly (615)
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
            • Neutral - Engine Running - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (Neutral - With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Reverse Band Assembly (615)
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
            • Neutral - Engine Running - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Reverse (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313)
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 5 Ball Check Valve (373)
            • Reverse Servo Assembly (39-40)
            • Reverse Band Assembly (615)
            • Input Clutch
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
            • Reverse - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Reverse (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313)
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 5 Ball Check Valve (373)
            • Reverse Servo Assembly (39-40)
            • Reverse Band Assembly (615)
            • Input Clutch
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
            • Reverse - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 6 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Forward Servo Assembly (15-22)
            • Forward Band Assembly (688)
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315A)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315B)
            • Input Clutch
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • Overdrive Range, First Gear - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 6 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Forward Servo Assembly (15-22)
            • Forward Band Assembly (688)
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315A)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315B)
            • Input Clutch
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • Overdrive Range, First Gear - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315A)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • Number 2 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Second Clutch
            • Input Clutch
            • Input Sprag Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 1-2 Accumulator
            • 1-2 Accumulator Valve
            • TCC Control Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) Solenoid Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Overdrive Range, Second Gear - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315A)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • Number 2 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Second Clutch
            • Input Clutch
            • Input Sprag Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 1-2 Accumulator
            • 1-2 Accumulator Valve
            • TCC Control Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) Solenoid Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Overdrive Range, Second Gear - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Number 9 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • Third Clutch
            • Third Roller Clutch
            • Input Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 2-3 Accumulator
            • 2-3 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Applied - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Number 9 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • Third Clutch
            • Third Roller Clutch
            • Input Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 2-3 Accumulator
            • 2-3 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Applied - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Fourth Clutch
            • Third Clutch
            • Third Roller Clutch
            • Second Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - TCC Not Applied - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Fourth Clutch
            • Third Clutch
            • Third Roller Clutch
            • Second Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - TCC Not Applied - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Applied (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • TCC Control (PWM) Solenoid
            • TCC Regulator Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Cooler Check Valve
            • Number 1 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Converter Clutch Blow-off Valve
            • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - TCC Applied - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Applied (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • TCC Control (PWM) Solenoid
            • TCC Regulator Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Cooler Check Valve
            • Number 1 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Converter Clutch Blow-off Valve
            • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - TCC Applied - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid
            • Pressure Regulator Valve
            • TCC Control (PWM) Solenoid Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Fourth Clutch
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - TCC Not Applied - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid
            • Pressure Regulator Valve
            • TCC Control (PWM) Solenoid Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Fourth Clutch
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - TCC Not Applied - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Drive Range, Manual Third (from Overdrive Range) (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Number 3 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Manual Third-Second and First Gears
            • Drive Range, Manual 3rd - from Overdrive Range - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual Third Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Number 3 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Manual Third-Second and First Gears
            • Drive Range, Manual 3rd - from Overdrive Range - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Drive Range, Manual Second (from Drive, Manual Third) (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 8 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • Manual 2-1 Servo Assembly (104-115)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 3-2 Manual Downshift Valve (356)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Drive Range, Manual 2nd - from Drive, Manual 3rd - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual Second Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 8 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 3-2 Manual Downshift Valve (356)
            • Manual 2-1 Servo Assembly (104-115)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Drive Range, Manual 2nd - from Drive, Manual 3rd - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Drive Range, Manual First (from Drive, Manual Second) (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 7 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • Lo Blow Off Valve (407)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Number 2 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Pressure Regulator Valve
            • Drive Range, Manual 1st - from Drive, Manual 2nd - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual First Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 7 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • Lo Blow Valve (443)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Number 2 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Drive Range, Manual 1st - from Drive, Manual 2nd - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Fluid Passages
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T65-E - DTC P0218 To DTC P0748
      • DTC P0218 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0218 (5.3L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0502 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0503 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0562 (5.3L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running The DTC
        • Conditions for Setting The DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0563 (5.3L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running The DTC
        • Conditions for Setting The DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0601, P0602, P0603, or P0604 (5.3L)
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P062F (5.3L)
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0711 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Condition 1
          • Condition 2
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0711 (5.3L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Condition 1
          • Condition 2
          • Condition 3
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0712 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0712 (5.3L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0713 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0713 (5.3L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0716 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0716 (5.3L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0717 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0717 (5.3L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0722 (5.3L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0723 (5.3L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0741 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0741 (5.3L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0742 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0742 (5.3L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0748 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T65-E - DTC P0751 To DTC P0977
      • DTC P0751 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Condition 1
          • Condition 2
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0751 (5.3L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Condition 1
          • Condition 2
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0752 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Condition 1
          • Condition 2
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0752 (5.3L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Condition 1
          • Condition 2
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0753 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Condition 1
          • Condition 2
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0756 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Condition 1
          • Condition 2
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0756 (5.3L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Condition 1
          • Condition 2
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0757 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Condition 1
          • Condition 2
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0757 (5.3L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Condition 1
          • Condition 2
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0758 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Condition 1
          • Condition 2
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0815 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P0815 (5.3L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P0816 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P0816 (5.3L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P0826 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P0826 (5.3L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P0842 (5.3L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0843 (5.3L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0851
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0852
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0961 (5.3L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0973 (5.3L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0974 (5.3L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0976 (5.3L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0977 (5.3L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T65-E - DTC P1750 To DTC P2764
      • DTC P1750 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P1750 (5.3L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P1811 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1811 (5.3L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1819 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1820 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1820 (5.3L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1822 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1822 (5.3L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1823 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1823 (5.3L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1825 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1825 (5.3L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1826 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1826 (5.3L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1887 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1915 (5.3L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2534 (5.3L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P2761 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2763 (5.3L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2764 (5.3L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T65-E - Service, Diagnosis & Troubleshooting
      • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission
      • TAP Shift Circuit Performance (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
      • TAP Shift Circuit Performance (5.3L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
      • Range Selector Displays Incorrect Range (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Range Selector Displays Incorrect Range (5.3L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Transmission Fluid Checking
      • Line Pressure Check
      • Road Test
        • Notes
        • Electrical Function Check
        • Upshift Control and Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply
        • Part Throttle Detent Downshift
        • Full Throttle Detent Downshift
        • Manual Downshifts
        • Coasting Downshifts
        • Manual Gear Range Selection
      • Torque Converter Diagnosis
        • Notes
        • Torque Converter Stator
        • Poor Acceleration at Low Speed
        • Poor Acceleration at High Speed
        • Noise
        • Torque Converter Clutch Shudder
        • If Shudder Occurs After TCC has Applied
        • Torque Converter Evaluation and Diagnosis
      • Torque Converter Replacement Guide
      • Flexplate/Torque Converter Vibration Test
        • Isolating Vibration
        • Indexing Torque Converter
      • Noise and Vibration Analysis
      • Clutch Plate Diagnosis
        • Composition Plates
        • Steel Plates
        • Causes of Burned Clutch Plates
      • Engine Coolant/Water in Transmission
      • Fluid Leak Diagnosis
        • General Method
        • Powder Method
        • Dye and Black Light Method
        • Find the Cause of the Leak
        • Possible Points of Fluid Leaks
      • Case Porosity Repair
      • Shift Solenoid Leak Test
      • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Flushing and Flow Test (J45096)
        • Notes
        • Cooler Flow Check and Flushing Steps
        • Machine Set-up
        • Determine Minimum Flow Rate
        • Back Flush Procedure
        • Forward Flush
        • Flow Test
        • Code Recording Procedure
        • Clean-up
      • Automatic Transmission Fluid Leaks
      • Incorrect Line Pressure
      • Delayed Park to Reverse/Drive Engagement
      • Harsh Park to Reverse/Drive Engagement
      • Slips in Drive or No Drive
      • Slips in Reverse or No Reverse
      • Locked Up in Drive/Reverse
      • No Park Range
      • Harsh or Soft 1-2 Shift Feel
      • Harsh or Soft 2-3/3-2 Shift Feel
      • Harsh or Soft 3-4/4-3 Shift Feel
      • High or Low Upshift or Downshift Speed
      • First and Second Gear Only - 2-3 Solenoid Stuck On
      • First and Fourth Gear Only - 1-2 Solenoid Stuck On
      • Second and Third Gear Only (1-2 Solenoid Stuck Off)
      • Third and Fourth Gear Only (2-3 Solenoid Stuck Off)
      • First Gear Only
      • Second Gear Only
      • Third Gear Only
      • Fourth Gear Only
      • Slipping or No First Gear
      • Slipping or No Second Gear
      • Slipping or No Third Gear
      • Slipping or No Fourth Gear
      • No Engine Braking in Manual Ranges (Touch Activated Power)
      • Whine Noise Varying with RPM or Fluid Pressure
      • Popping Noise
      • Buzz Noise or High Frequency Rattle Sound
      • Whine/Growl Noise That Changes with Vehicle Speed
      • Final Drive Noise or Hum Noise
      • Noise in First, Second, Third, or Fourth
      • Noise in Random Ranges
      • Abnormal Noise in Park or Neutral Range
      • Converter Clutch Stuck On in All Gears
      • Converter Clutch Stuck On in Second, Third and Fourth Gear
      • Harsh Torque Converter Clutch Apply or Release
      • Converter Clutch Apply Rough, Slips, or Shudders
      • No Torque Converter Clutch Apply
    • Shift Interlock System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Shift Lock Control Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Shift Lock Control Component Views
        • Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
          • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
        • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Shift Lever Does Not Move with Brake Pedal Depressed
        • Shift Lever Can Be Moved without Brake Pedal Depressed
      • Repair Instructions
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Description and Operation (with 3.8L)
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Description and Operation (with 5.3L)
  • Hydraulic Diagrams
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T65-E - Introduction (2 Of 2)
      • Specifications
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Transmission General Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
        • Range Reference (Without Touch Activated Power)
        • Range Reference (With Touch Activated Power)
        • Shift Solenoid Valve State and Gear Ratio
        • Shift Speed
        • Transmission Internal Mode Switch Logic
        • Line Pressure
        • Component Resistance
        • End Play Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Transmission Schematic Icons
        • Automatic Transmission Controls Schematics (LS4)
        • Automatic Transmission Controls Schematics (L26, L32)
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Disassembled Views
        • Component Location
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View
          • Engine Side to Transmission Side
        • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
          • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve, Wiring Harness Side
          • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve, Wiring Harness Side
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch, Wiring Harness Side
          • Input Speed Sensor, Wiring Harness Side
          • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve, Wiring Harness Side
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve, Wiring Harness Side
          • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor, Wiring Harness Side
          • Transmission Internal Mode Switch, Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
          • TAP Shift Switch - Right
          • TAP Shift Switch - Left
          • Transmission Control Module (TCM), Engine Side - 5.3L
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor, Wiring Harness Side
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repair Instructions - On Vehicle
          • Transmission Control Module Replacement (3.8L)
          • Transmission Control Module Replacement (5.3L)
          • Automatic Transmission Range Selector Lever Cable Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Range Selector Lever Cable Adjustment
            • Adjustment Procedure
          • Manual Shift Auxiliary Position Switch Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Automatic Transmission Control Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Park Lock Cable Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Park Lock Cable Adjustment
          • Fluid Filler Tube Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Reverse Servo Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Forward Servo Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Oil Seal Replacement - Left Side
            • Notes
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Oil Seal Replacement - Right Side
            • Notes
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Test Hole Plug Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Vent Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Oil Pan Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Filter and Seal Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Accumulator and 2-1 Manual Servo Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Thermo Element Replacement
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Wiring Harness Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Case Side Cover Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Fluid Temperature Sensor Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation Solenoid Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Input Speed Sensor Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Pressure Control Solenoid Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Oil Pump Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Control Valve Body Replacement
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Oil Weir Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Case Extension Housing Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Final Drive Replacement
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Output Shaft Replacement
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Hose Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Fluid Cooler Hose/Pipe Quick-Connect Fitting Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Fluid Cooler Hose/Pipe Connector Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Automatic Transmission Radiator Oil Cooler Connector Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Mount Inspection
          • Automatic Transmission Brace Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Mount Replacement - Left Side
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Mount Bracket Replacement - Left Side
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Torque Converter Cover Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Flywheel to Torque Converter Bolt Replacement
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Replacement
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
        • Repair Instructions - Off Vehicle
          • Torque Converter Assembly Removal
          • Transmission Support Fixture Assemble
          • Reverse Servo Removal
          • Forward Servo Removal
          • Transmission Fluid Pan and Filter Assembly Removal
          • Transmission Fluid Filter Inspection
          • Accumulator Assembly and 2-1 Band Servo Removal
          • Control Valve Body Cover and Gaskets Disassemble
          • Wiring Harness Removal
          • Oil Pump Removal
          • Control Valve Body Assembly Removal
          • Oil Pump Drive Shaft Removal
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor Removal
          • Output Shaft Removal
          • Front Differential Carrier End Play Check (FWD Only)
          • Manual Valve Link and Oil Dam Removal
          • Drive Axle Oil Seal Removal - Left Side
          • Case Cover Removal
          • Fourth Clutch Components Removal
          • Drive Link Stretch Check
          • Drive Sprocket, Driven Sprocket, and Drive Link Removal
          • Driven Sprocket Support Assembly Removal
          • Second Clutch and Input Clutch Removal
          • Reverse Band Removal
          • Reverse Reaction Drum Removal
          • Case Extension Assembly Removal
          • Differential Carrier and Components Removal
          • Input and Reaction Carrier Removal
          • Reaction Sun Gear and Manual 2-1 Band Removal
          • 1-2 Support Drum and Forward Band Removal
          • Differential Carrier Internal Gear Removal
          • Manual Shift Shaft Position (Internal Mode) Switch and Parking System Components Removal
          • Case Assembly Inspection
          • Case Components Disassemble
          • Case Components Assemble
          • Torque Converter Oil Seal Removal
          • Drive Sprocket Support Removal
          • Drive Sprocket Support Assemble
          • Torque Converter Oil Seal Assemble
          • Manual Shift Shaft Position (Internal Mode) Switch and Parking System Components Installation
          • Differential Carrier Internal Gear Assemble
          • Differential Carrier Inspection (FWD Only)
          • Differential Carrier Disassemble (FWD Only)
          • Differential Carrier Assemble (FWD Only)
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor Reluctor Wheel Disassemble (FWD Only)
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor Reluctor Wheel Assemble (FWD Only)
          • Differential Carrier Components Assemble (FWD Only)
          • Case Extension Assemble (FWD Only)
          • Forward Band Assemble
          • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch Disassemble
          • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch Assemble
          • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch Functional Check
          • 1-2 Support Drum Assemble
          • 2-1 Manual Band Assemble
          • Reaction Sun Gear and Drum Assemble
          • Input and Reaction Carrier Pinion End Play Check
          • Input and Reaction Carrier Assemble
          • Reverse Reaction Drum Assemble
          • Input and 3rd Clutch Pawl Disassemble
          • Input and 3rd Clutch Pawl Assemble
          • Input and 3rd Clutch Pawl Functional Check
          • Input Clutch and Third Clutch Disassemble
          • Input Clutch Housing Assembly Inspection
          • Input Clutch Housing Ball Check Valve Disassemble
          • Input Clutch Housing Ball Check Valve Assemble
          • Input Clutch and Third Clutch Assemble
          • Input Clutch and Third Clutch Functional Air Check
          • Input Clutch Housing Oil Seal Rings Assemble
          • Input Clutch Housing, Input Clutch Pawl, and 3rd Clutch Pawl Assemble
          • Input Clutch Housing End Play Check
          • Second Clutch Disassemble
          • Second Clutch Housing Assembly Inspection
          • Second Clutch Housing Ball Check Valve Disassemble
          • Second Clutch Housing Ball Check Valve Assemble
          • Second Clutch Assemble
          • Reverse Band Assemble
          • Driven Sprocket Support Components Disassemble
          • Driven Sprocket Support Components Inspection
          • Driven Sprocket Support Bearing Disassemble
          • Driven Sprocket Support Bearing Assemble
          • Driven Sprocket Support Components Assemble
          • Fourth and Second Clutch Functional Air Check
          • Second, Input, Third and Sprag Clutches Assemble
          • Driven Sprocket Support Assemble
          • Drive Sprocket and Turbine Shaft Disassemble
          • Drive Sprocket and Turbine Shaft Assemble
          • Drive and Driven Sprocket Components Assemble
          • Fourth Clutch Components Assemble
          • Case Cover Components Disassemble (Without Touch Activated Power)
          • Case Cover Components Disassemble (With Touch Activated Power)
          • Case Cover Components Inspection (Without Touch Activated Power)
          • Case Cover Components Inspection (With Touch Activated Power)
          • Case Cover Bearing Disassemble
          • Case Cover Bearing Assemble
          • Drive Shaft Oil Seal Assemble - Left Side
          • Case Cover Components Assemble (Without Touch Activated Power)
          • Case Cover Components Assemble (With Touch Activated Power)
          • Case Cover and Gaskets Assemble
          • Manual Valve Link and Oil Dam Assemble
          • Differential Carrier End Play Check (FWD Only)
          • Drive Shaft Oil Seal Disassemble - Right Side
          • Drive Shaft Oil Seal Assemble - Right Side (FWD Only)
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor Assemble (FWD Only)
          • Control Valve Body Clean
          • Control Valve Body Inspection
          • Control Valve Body Disassemble (Without Touch Activated Power)
          • Control Valve Body Disassemble (With Touch Activated Power)
          • Control Valve Body Assemble (Without Touch Activated Power)
          • Control Valve Body Assemble (With Touch Activated Power)
          • Oil Pump Drive Shaft Assemble
          • Control Valve Body and Spacer Plate Assemble
          • Oil Pump Components Disassemble
          • Oil Pump Components Assemble
          • Wiring Harness Assemble
          • Control Valve Body Cover and Gasket Assemble
          • Thermo Element Adjustment
          • 2-1 Manual Band Servo Disassemble
          • 2-1 Manual Band Servo Assemble
          • Accumulator Components Disassemble
          • Accumulator Components Assemble
          • Accumulator Assembly, 2-1 Band Servo Assemble
          • Oil Pan and Filter Assemble
          • Forward Band Servo Components Disassemble
          • Forward Band Servo Assemble
          • Reverse Band Servo Components Disassemble
          • Reverse Band Servo Assemble
          • Output Shaft Assemble
          • Transmission Holding Fixture Disassemble
          • Torque Converter Inspection
          • Torque Converter Assemble
      • Description and Operation
        • Transmission General Information
          • How to Use This Section
          • Basic Knowledge
          • Diagnosis
        • Definitions and Abbreviations
          • Throttle Positions
          • Shift Condition Definitions
          • Noise Conditions
          • Transmission Abbreviations
        • Transmission Identification Information
        • Transmission General Description
        • Transmission Component and System Description
        • Transmission Adaptive Functions
          • Notes
          • Upshift Adapts (1-2, 2-3 and 3-4)
          • Steady State Adapts
          • Clearing Transmission Adaptive Pressure (TAP)
        • TAP Shift Operation
        • Electronic Component Description
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Automatic Transmission Input Speed Sensor
          • 1-2 and 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valves
          • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation Solenoid Valve
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Lever Assembly-Manual Shaft Detent with Internal Mode Switch
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor
          • TAP Shift Switches
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector Description
        • Automatic Transmission Hydraulic Diagrams
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (Park - Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313)
            • Actuator Feed Limit Valve (414)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve (322)
            • Torque Signal Regulator Valve (321)
            • Line Pressure Relief Valve (324)
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly (34)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid Valve (315A)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve (315B)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 Accumulator Valves (350, 344, 341)
            • 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 Accumulator Assemblies
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
            • Park - Engine Running - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (Park - With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313)
            • Actuator Feed Limit Valve (414)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve (322)
            • Torque Signal Regulator Valve (321)
            • Line Pressure Relief Valve (324)
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly (34)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid Valve (315A)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve (315B)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 Accumulator Valves (350, 344, 341)
            • 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 Accumulator Assemblies
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
            • Park - Engine Running - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (Neutral-Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Reverse Band Assembly (615)
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
            • Neutral - Engine Running - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (Neutral - With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Reverse Band Assembly (615)
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
            • Neutral - Engine Running - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Reverse (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313)
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 5 Ball Check Valve (373)
            • Reverse Servo Assembly (39-40)
            • Reverse Band Assembly (615)
            • Input Clutch
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
            • Reverse - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Reverse (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313)
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 5 Ball Check Valve (373)
            • Reverse Servo Assembly (39-40)
            • Reverse Band Assembly (615)
            • Input Clutch
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
            • Reverse - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 6 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Forward Servo Assembly (15-22)
            • Forward Band Assembly (688)
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315A)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315B)
            • Input Clutch
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • Overdrive Range, First Gear - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 6 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Forward Servo Assembly (15-22)
            • Forward Band Assembly (688)
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315A)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315B)
            • Input Clutch
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • Overdrive Range, First Gear - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315A)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • Number 2 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Second Clutch
            • Input Clutch
            • Input Sprag Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 1-2 Accumulator
            • 1-2 Accumulator Valve
            • TCC Control Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) Solenoid Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Overdrive Range, Second Gear - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315A)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • Number 2 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Second Clutch
            • Input Clutch
            • Input Sprag Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 1-2 Accumulator
            • 1-2 Accumulator Valve
            • TCC Control Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) Solenoid Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Overdrive Range, Second Gear - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Number 9 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • Third Clutch
            • Third Roller Clutch
            • Input Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 2-3 Accumulator
            • 2-3 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Applied - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Number 9 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • Third Clutch
            • Third Roller Clutch
            • Input Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 2-3 Accumulator
            • 2-3 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Applied - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Fourth Clutch
            • Third Clutch
            • Third Roller Clutch
            • Second Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - TCC Not Applied - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Fourth Clutch
            • Third Clutch
            • Third Roller Clutch
            • Second Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - TCC Not Applied - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Applied (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • TCC Control (PWM) Solenoid
            • TCC Regulator Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Cooler Check Valve
            • Number 1 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Converter Clutch Blow-off Valve
            • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - TCC Applied - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Applied (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • TCC Control (PWM) Solenoid
            • TCC Regulator Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Cooler Check Valve
            • Number 1 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Converter Clutch Blow-off Valve
            • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - TCC Applied - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid
            • Pressure Regulator Valve
            • TCC Control (PWM) Solenoid Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Fourth Clutch
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - TCC Not Applied - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid
            • Pressure Regulator Valve
            • TCC Control (PWM) Solenoid Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Fourth Clutch
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - TCC Not Applied - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Drive Range, Manual Third (from Overdrive Range) (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Number 3 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Manual Third-Second and First Gears
            • Drive Range, Manual 3rd - from Overdrive Range - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual Third Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Number 3 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Manual Third-Second and First Gears
            • Drive Range, Manual 3rd - from Overdrive Range - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Drive Range, Manual Second (from Drive, Manual Third) (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 8 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • Manual 2-1 Servo Assembly (104-115)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 3-2 Manual Downshift Valve (356)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Drive Range, Manual 2nd - from Drive, Manual 3rd - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual Second Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 8 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 3-2 Manual Downshift Valve (356)
            • Manual 2-1 Servo Assembly (104-115)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Drive Range, Manual 2nd - from Drive, Manual 3rd - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Drive Range, Manual First (from Drive, Manual Second) (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 7 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • Lo Blow Off Valve (407)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Number 2 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Pressure Regulator Valve
            • Drive Range, Manual 1st - from Drive, Manual 2nd - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual First Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 7 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • Lo Blow Valve (443)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Number 2 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Drive Range, Manual 1st - from Drive, Manual 2nd - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Fluid Passages
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• External Pages